diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-block b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-block
index c57e5b7cb5326e4639051d8200c60c2dbdbf35bf..1fe9a553c37b71779a52f24627307d9003079777 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-block
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-block
@@ -295,7 +295,7 @@ Description:
 		capable of executing requests targeting different sector ranges
 		in parallel. For instance, single LUN multi-actuator hard-disks
 		will have an independent_access_ranges directory if the device
-		correctly advertizes the sector ranges of its actuators.
+		correctly advertises the sector ranges of its actuators.
 
 		The independent_access_ranges directory contains one directory
 		per access range, with each range described using the sector
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-class-infiniband b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-class-infiniband
index ebf08c604336fabe8f248a530667e9311c131f92..694f23a03a2871e6b842334f6c0a1f7104e9ae18 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-class-infiniband
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-class-infiniband
@@ -356,7 +356,7 @@ Description:
 		pkeys/<n>:		(RO) Displays the contents of the physical
 					key table n = 0..126
 
-		mcgs/:			(RO) Muticast group table
+		mcgs/:			(RO) Multicast group table
 
 		<m>/gid_idx/0:		(RO) Display the GID mapping m = 1..2
 
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-platform-wmi-bmof b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-platform-wmi-bmof
index a786504b6027e259d796646f81a58936fb0e50a1..2881244e3f09aef5d64990b1435d8b71f3c677bf 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-platform-wmi-bmof
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-platform-wmi-bmof
@@ -2,6 +2,6 @@ What:		/sys/bus/wmi/devices/05901221-D566-11D1-B2F0-00A0C9062910[-X]/bmof
 Date:		Jun 2017
 KernelVersion:	4.13
 Description:
-		Binary MOF metadata used to decribe the details of available ACPI WMI interfaces.
+		Binary MOF metadata used to describe the details of available ACPI WMI interfaces.
 
 		See Documentation/wmi/devices/wmi-bmof.rst for details.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-driver-habanalabs b/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-driver-habanalabs
index 85f6d04f528b6fcbf57326117477e5dab9e686e1..df535780058b099237594368fb0759bb63bae888 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-driver-habanalabs
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-driver-habanalabs
@@ -95,7 +95,7 @@ What:           /sys/kernel/debug/habanalabs/hl<n>/device_release_watchdog_timeo
 Date:           Oct 2022
 KernelVersion:  6.2
 Contact:        ttayar@habana.ai
-Description:    The watchdog timeout value in seconds for a device relese upon
+Description:    The watchdog timeout value in seconds for a device release upon
                 certain error cases, after which the device is reset.
 
 What:           /sys/kernel/debug/habanalabs/hl<n>/dma_size
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/procfs-diskstats b/Documentation/ABI/testing/procfs-diskstats
index e58d641443d34a415b451701362b09aaa9f1ba24..6a719cf2075cd60578a75b81382f366b62557330 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/procfs-diskstats
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/procfs-diskstats
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ Description:
 
 		==  ===================================
 		 1  major number
-		 2  minor mumber
+		 2  minor number
 		 3  device name
 		 4  reads completed successfully
 		 5  reads merged
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-coreboot b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-coreboot
index 9c5accecc47092f9e2fd288ca7f5dac5c54870e5..8e8d6af24a4c640d0a9dd389df777e07c0dd2df3 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-coreboot
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-coreboot
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@ What:		/sys/bus/coreboot/devices/cbmem-<id>/address
 Date:		August 2022
 Contact:	Jack Rosenthal <jrosenth@chromium.org>
 Description:
-		This is the pyhsical memory address that the CBMEM entry's data
+		This is the physical memory address that the CBMEM entry's data
 		begins at, in hexadecimal (e.g., ``0x76ffe000``).
 
 What:		/sys/bus/coreboot/devices/cbmem-<id>/size
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-coresight-devices-etm3x b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-coresight-devices-etm3x
index 234c33fbdb55f85c4e736d372bb948d5554295bd..3acf7fc31659c70f9148be7e64188b3392ae5f7d 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-coresight-devices-etm3x
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-coresight-devices-etm3x
@@ -31,7 +31,7 @@ Date:		November 2014
 KernelVersion:	3.19
 Contact:	Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org>
 Description:	(RW) Used in conjunction with @addr_idx.  Specifies the range of
-		addresses to trigger on.  Inclusion or exclusion is specificed
+		addresses to trigger on.  Inclusion or exclusion is specified
 		in the corresponding access type register.
 
 What:		/sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.[etm|ptm]/addr_single
@@ -304,19 +304,19 @@ What:		/sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.[etm|ptm]/mgmt/etmtsscr
 Date:		September 2015
 KernelVersion:	4.4
 Contact:	Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org>
-Description: 	(RO) Print the content of the ETM Trace Start/Stop Conrol
+Description: 	(RO) Print the content of the ETM Trace Start/Stop Control
 		register (0x018). The value is read directly from the HW.
 
 What:		/sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.[etm|ptm]/mgmt/etmtecr1
 Date:		September 2015
 KernelVersion:	4.4
 Contact:	Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org>
-Description: 	(RO) Print the content of the ETM Enable Conrol #1
+Description: 	(RO) Print the content of the ETM Enable Control #1
 		register (0x024). The value is read directly from the HW.
 
 What:		/sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.[etm|ptm]/mgmt/etmtecr2
 Date:		September 2015
 KernelVersion:	4.4
 Contact:	Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org>
-Description: 	(RO) Print the content of the ETM Enable Conrol #2
+Description: 	(RO) Print the content of the ETM Enable Control #2
 		register (0x01c). The value is read directly from the HW.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-coresight-devices-etm4x b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-coresight-devices-etm4x
index 08b1964f27d3e147c0c59d57f7f21ce5c1aa74c1..a0425d70d0096495c418b4692d8b3fae57e64f65 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-coresight-devices-etm4x
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-coresight-devices-etm4x
@@ -446,7 +446,7 @@ Date:		April 2015
 KernelVersion:	4.01
 Contact:	Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org>
 Description:	(Read) Returns the maximum size of the data value, data address,
-		VMID, context ID and instuction address in the trace unit
+		VMID, context ID and instruction address in the trace unit
 		(0x1E8).  The value is taken directly from the HW.
 
 What:		/sys/bus/coresight/devices/etm<N>/trcidr/trcidr3
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-event_source-devices-events b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-event_source-devices-events
index 505f080d20a14c5d4d9b20c0088aa47b52345c56..77de58d03822e4769cebb0363bd4cef7ba8b1428 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-event_source-devices-events
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-event_source-devices-events
@@ -47,7 +47,7 @@ Description:	Per-pmu performance monitoring events specific to the running syste
 		If a <term> is specified alone (without an assigned value), it
 		is implied that 0x1 is assigned to that <term>.
 
-		Examples (each of these lines would be in a seperate file):
+		Examples (each of these lines would be in a separate file):
 
 			event=0x2abc
 			event=0x423,inv,cmask=0x3
@@ -83,7 +83,7 @@ Description:	Perf event scaling factors
 
 		A string representing a floating point value expressed in
 		scientific notation to be multiplied by the event count
-		recieved from the kernel to match the unit specified in the
+		received from the kernel to match the unit specified in the
 		<event>.unit file.
 
 		Example:
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-fsi-devices-sbefifo b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-fsi-devices-sbefifo
index 531fe9d6b40aabf6e242416f0be50f08d3c0916a..1329b0bb288291c6812231d08ccf86072a0b3a01 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-fsi-devices-sbefifo
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-fsi-devices-sbefifo
@@ -5,6 +5,6 @@ Description:
 		Indicates whether or not this SBE device has experienced a
 		timeout; i.e. the SBE did not respond within the time allotted
 		by the driver. A value of 1 indicates that a timeout has
-		ocurred and no transfers have completed since the timeout. A
-		value of 0 indicates that no timeout has ocurred, or if one
+		occurred and no transfers have completed since the timeout. A
+		value of 0 indicates that no timeout has occurred, or if one
 		has, more recent transfers have completed successful.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-i2c-devices-fsa9480 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-i2c-devices-fsa9480
index 42dfc9399d2dc8c33bb7e8639a65951eca1638e4..288bc2fa9547d4a150f99743e544ec975c2edfd0 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-i2c-devices-fsa9480
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-i2c-devices-fsa9480
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ Description:
 		NONE     no device
 		USB      USB device is attached
 		UART     UART is attached
-		CHARGER  Charger is attaced
+		CHARGER  Charger is attached
 		JIG      JIG is attached
 		=======  ======================
 
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-nfit b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-nfit
index e7282d184a747ff3e5b63b045e20bc38cffcd3a3..ed483a11c58c3d98af12da47e7f0a65f9fdfd628 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-nfit
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-nfit
@@ -121,7 +121,7 @@ KernelVersion:	v4.7
 Contact:	nvdimm@lists.linux.dev
 Description:
 		(RO) ACPI specification 6.2 section 5.2.25.9, defines an
-		identifier for an NVDIMM, which refelects the id attribute.
+		identifier for an NVDIMM, which reflects the id attribute.
 
 
 What:		/sys/bus/nd/devices/nmemX/nfit/subsystem_vendor
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-nvdimm b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-nvdimm
index de8c5a59c77fed4afb7e76fdac60d9782805d817..64eb8f4c6a41f2f8f40b6688a4cd7640e779a4be 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-nvdimm
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-nvdimm
@@ -18,10 +18,12 @@ Description:	(RO) Attribute group to describe the magic bits
 		Each attribute under this group defines a bit range of the
 		perf_event_attr.config. Supported attribute is listed
 		below::
+
 		  event  = "config:0-4"  - event ID
 
 		For example::
-			ctl_res_cnt = "event=0x1"
+
+		  ctl_res_cnt = "event=0x1"
 
 What:           /sys/bus/event_source/devices/nmemX/events
 Date:           February 2022
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-papr-pmem b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-papr-pmem
index 4ac0673901e754beeaa11fa80bcc58b4d80901a8..46cfe02058fdf39f74124ded6bcaf52012b82e8b 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-papr-pmem
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-papr-pmem
@@ -30,7 +30,7 @@ Description:
 				  Indicating that contents of the
 				  NVDIMM have been scrubbed.
 		* "locked"
-				  Indicating that NVDIMM contents cant
+				  Indicating that NVDIMM contents can't
 				  be modified until next power cycle.
 
 What:		/sys/bus/nd/devices/nmemX/papr/perf_stats
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-umc b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-umc
index 948fec412446a2b21b8db2c82762b3da993d3f5c..80ef88bc5097109a8fc875e7d2286e5dc317e053 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-umc
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-umc
@@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ Description:
                 Controller (UMC).
 
                 The umc bus presents each of the individual
-                capabilties as a device.
+                capabilities as a device.
 
 What:           /sys/bus/umc/devices/.../capability_id
 Date:           July 2008
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class
index 676530fcf747f676dd13814e68e33588e304e61b..906735faa1b89f03cc166528e40047b758522942 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 What:		/sys/class/
-Date:		Febuary 2006
+Date:		February 2006
 Contact:	Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
 Description:
 		The /sys/class directory will consist of a group of
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-cxl b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-cxl
index 594fda2541306a9b4514f87dfae641f310cec399..cfc48a87706ba2fae0e7b2d1149354830fc0b74f 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-cxl
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-cxl
@@ -42,7 +42,7 @@ What:           /sys/class/cxl/<afu>/mmio_size
 Date:           September 2014
 Contact:        linuxppc-dev@lists.ozlabs.org
 Description:    read only
-                Decimal value of the size of the MMIO space that may be mmaped
+                Decimal value of the size of the MMIO space that may be mmapped
                 by userspace.
 Users:		https://github.com/ibm-capi/libcxl
 
@@ -155,7 +155,7 @@ What:           /sys/class/cxl/<afu>m/mmio_size
 Date:           September 2014
 Contact:        linuxppc-dev@lists.ozlabs.org
 Description:    read only
-                Decimal value of the size of the MMIO space that may be mmaped
+                Decimal value of the size of the MMIO space that may be mmapped
                 by userspace. This includes all slave contexts space also.
 Users:		https://github.com/ibm-capi/libcxl
 
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-mtd b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-mtd
index 3bc7c0a95c927896fdee10193108ba802d45c2e3..f77fa4f6d46571175b156113a1afeeb9f5f51c0f 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-mtd
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-mtd
@@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ KernelVersion:	2.6.29
 Contact:	linux-mtd@lists.infradead.org
 Description:
 		Major and minor numbers of the character device corresponding
-		to the read-only variant of thie MTD device (in
+		to the read-only variant of the MTD device (in
 		<major>:<minor> format).  In this case <minor> will be odd.
 
 What:		/sys/class/mtd/mtdX/erasesize
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-net b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-net
index 1419103d11f97705178d0bf4f6ce6bf5782c2f83..ebf21beba846dbcd128256c04c793f7581576139 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-net
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-net
@@ -82,7 +82,7 @@ KernelVersion:	2.6.12
 Contact:	netdev@vger.kernel.org
 Description:
 		Indicates the current physical link state of the interface.
-		Posssible values are:
+		Possible values are:
 
 		== =====================
 		0  physical link is down
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-net-queues b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-net-queues
index 978b76358661a91470436e73842abde367d7d70e..906ff3ca928ac1389567a5f02bdc4e06c3980b38 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-net-queues
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-net-queues
@@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ Contact:	netdev@vger.kernel.org
 Description:
 		Mask of the CPU(s) currently enabled to participate into the
 		Transmit Packet Steering packet processing flow for this
-		network device transmit queue. Possible vaules depend on the
+		network device transmit queue. Possible values depend on the
 		number of available CPU(s) in the system.
 
 What:		/sys/class/<iface>/queues/tx-<queue>/xps_rxqs
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-power-wilco b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-power-wilco
index 82af180fcaab991056bf3f3218ee03ab4bb840c7..083c4641b4c45b059282c54e5678f56437670f69 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-power-wilco
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-power-wilco
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ Description:
 		Long Life:
 			Customized charge rate for last longer battery life.
 			On Wilco device this mode is pre-configured in the factory
-			through EC's private PID. Swiching to a different mode will
+			through EC's private PID. Switching to a different mode will
 			be denied by Wilco EC when Long Life mode is enabled.
 
 What:		/sys/class/power_supply/wilco-charger/charge_control_start_threshold
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-remoteproc b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-remoteproc
index 0c9ee55098b8200138fcc57bed8d29391c1be63b..b2b8e2db2503a06bb53a3667c15cfd5ae96dd53d 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-remoteproc
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-remoteproc
@@ -81,7 +81,7 @@ Description:	Remote processor coredump configuration
 		collected userspace will directly read from the remote
 		processor's device memory. Extra buffer will not be used to
 		copy the dump. Also recovery process will not proceed until
-		all data is read by usersapce.
+		all data is read by userspace.
 
 What:		/sys/class/remoteproc/.../recovery
 Date:		July 2020
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-thermal b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-thermal
index 8eee37982b2a8939607bcc9df3b08bedcb42c9d1..968d89e15e8e8e935251389279c815859c47a448 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-thermal
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-thermal
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ Description:
 		This is given by thermal zone driver as part of registration.
 		E.g: "acpitz" indicates it's an ACPI thermal device.
 		In order to keep it consistent with hwmon sys attribute; this
-		shouldbe a short, lowercase string, not containing spaces nor
+		should be a short, lowercase string, not containing spaces nor
 		dashes.
 
 		RO, Required
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-uwb_rc-wusbhc b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-uwb_rc-wusbhc
index 55eb55cac92e2408fa2e50d9e8a31d54f6b6dc03..130ea5189b02413e6631aa51f5973057b9f6b2af 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-uwb_rc-wusbhc
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-uwb_rc-wusbhc
@@ -42,7 +42,7 @@ Date:           June 2013
 KernelVersion:  3.11
 Contact:        Thomas Pugliese <thomas.pugliese@gmail.com>
 Description:
-                The device notification time slot (DNTS) count and inverval in
+                The device notification time slot (DNTS) count and interval in
                 milliseconds that the WUSB host should use.  This controls how
                 often the devices will have the opportunity to send
                 notifications to the host.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-online b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-online
index f990026c0740c04b9562e1a92f6db70655649829..c3359fec29802b55073583bfa01200eff12722f5 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-online
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-online
@@ -17,4 +17,4 @@ Description:
 		After a successful execution of the bus type's .offline()
 		callback the device cannot be used for any purpose until either
 		it is removed (i.e. device_del() is called for it), or its bus
-		type's .online() is exeucted successfully.
+		type's .online() is executed successfully.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-ge-achc b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-ge-achc
index a9e7a079190c2e35a1a77f0bd62766284dbb5a0a..c3e77def4b20f81686a905585af926a9ea33266a 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-ge-achc
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-ge-achc
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ Description:	Write 1 to this file to update the ACHC microcontroller
 		firmware via the EzPort interface. For this the kernel
 		will load "achc.bin" via the firmware API (so usually
 		from /lib/firmware). The write will block until the FW
-		has either been flashed successfully or an error occured.
+		has either been flashed successfully or an error occurred.
 
 What:		/sys/bus/spi/<dev>/reset
 Date:		Jul 2021
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-tegra-fuse b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-tegra-fuse
index 69f5af632657c58cf40bd386291a740d797ef349..b8936fad2ccfc8701c67de2dd0d22fbf45bc7411 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-tegra-fuse
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-tegra-fuse
@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Date:		February 2014
 Contact:	Peter De Schrijver <pdeschrijver@nvidia.com>
 Description:	read-only access to the efuses on Tegra20, Tegra30, Tegra114
 		and Tegra124 SoC's from NVIDIA. The efuses contain write once
-		data programmed at the factory. The data is layed out in 32bit
+		data programmed at the factory. The data is laid out in 32bit
 		words in LSB first format. Each bit represents a single value
 		as decoded from the fuse registers. Bits order/assignment
 		exactly matches the HW registers, including any unused bits.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-acpi b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-acpi
index 819939d858c9a83a15b54ec3389054bc461d6734..5249ad5a96d98a70ad97146d7c12c1d0be426324 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-acpi
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-acpi
@@ -84,7 +84,7 @@ Description:
 			 hotplug events associated with the given class of
 			 devices and will allow those devices to be ejected with
 			 the help of the _EJ0 control method.  Unsetting it
-			 effectively disables hotplug for the correspoinding
+			 effectively disables hotplug for the corresponding
 			 class of devices.
 		======== =======================================================
 
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-sgi_uv b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-sgi_uv
index 12ed843e1d3e0a8826f2e189d2bfd1287e5ede8a..7fe9244b87bb41414cf0f6e64aed367ca7ce6cb6 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-sgi_uv
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-sgi_uv
@@ -102,12 +102,12 @@ Description:
 			conn_port
 
 		The conn_hub entry contains a value representing the unique
-		oridinal value of the hub on the other end of the fabric
+		ordinal value of the hub on the other end of the fabric
 		cable plugged into the port. If the port is disconnected,
 		the value returned will be -1.
 
 		The conn_port entry contains a value representing the unique
-		oridinal value of the port on the other end of the fabric cable
+		ordinal value of the port on the other end of the fabric cable
 		plugged into the port. If the port is disconnected, the value
 		returned will be -1.
 
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-fs-f2fs b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-fs-f2fs
index 8140fc98f5aeefa2cfdce6ba4dc484a95c8af1e7..ad3d76d37c8baf66c32e039864953ffabc12ad3e 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-fs-f2fs
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-fs-f2fs
@@ -54,9 +54,9 @@ Description:	Controls the in-place-update policy.
 		0x00  DISABLE         disable IPU(=default option in LFS mode)
 		0x01  FORCE           all the time
 		0x02  SSR             if SSR mode is activated
-		0x04  UTIL            if FS utilization is over threashold
+		0x04  UTIL            if FS utilization is over threshold
 		0x08  SSR_UTIL        if SSR mode is activated and FS utilization is over
-		                      threashold
+		                      threshold
 		0x10  FSYNC           activated in fsync path only for high performance
 		                      flash storages. IPU will be triggered only if the
 		                      # of dirty pages over min_fsync_blocks.
@@ -117,7 +117,7 @@ Date:		December 2021
 Contact:	"Konstantin Vyshetsky" <vkon@google.com>
 Description:	Controls the number of discards a thread will issue at a time.
 		Higher number will allow the discard thread to finish its work
-		faster, at the cost of higher latency for incomming I/O.
+		faster, at the cost of higher latency for incoming I/O.
 
 What:		/sys/fs/f2fs/<disk>/min_discard_issue_time
 Date:		December 2021
@@ -334,7 +334,7 @@ Description:	This indicates how many GC can be failed for the pinned
 		state. 2048 trials is set by default.
 
 What:		/sys/fs/f2fs/<disk>/extension_list
-Date:		Feburary 2018
+Date:		February 2018
 Contact:	"Chao Yu" <yuchao0@huawei.com>
 Description:	Used to control configure extension list:
 		- Query: cat /sys/fs/f2fs/<disk>/extension_list
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-mm-damon b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-mm-damon
index 334352d198f8fcf644c8a686b36e5d63b6b43c24..420b30f09cf081588837c78bf7ee095ec9179077 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-mm-damon
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-mm-damon
@@ -154,7 +154,7 @@ Description:	Writing to and reading from this file sets and gets the action
 What:		/sys/kernel/mm/damon/admin/kdamonds/<K>/contexts/<C>/schemes/<S>/access_pattern/sz/min
 Date:		Mar 2022
 Contact:	SeongJae Park <sj@kernel.org>
-Description:	Writing to and reading from this file sets and gets the mimimum
+Description:	Writing to and reading from this file sets and gets the minimum
 		size of the scheme's target regions in bytes.
 
 What:		/sys/kernel/mm/damon/admin/kdamonds/<K>/contexts/<C>/schemes/<S>/access_pattern/sz/max
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-dell-laptop b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-dell-laptop
index 82bcfe9df66eefc41334dbd73f6294e059eeae2e..701529653283c91e1fcb32ab04f3ca19a869dde5 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-dell-laptop
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-dell-laptop
@@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ KernelVersion:	3.19
 Contact:	Gabriele Mazzotta <gabriele.mzt@gmail.com>,
 		Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
 Description:
-		This file allows to specifiy the on/off threshold value,
+		This file allows to specify the on/off threshold value,
 		as reported by the ambient light sensor.
 
 What:		/sys/class/leds/dell::kbd_backlight/start_triggers
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-dfl-fme b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-dfl-fme
index d6ab34e81b9b3b6146f7144222571ad176450f95..2d5b78d2cf5121b4f95eba9a608906119de421e1 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-dfl-fme
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-dfl-fme
@@ -90,7 +90,7 @@ KernelVersion:  5.4
 Contact:	Wu Hao <hao.wu@intel.com>
 Description:	Read-Write. Read this file to get errors detected on FME.
 		Write this file to clear errors logged in fme_errors. Write
-		fials with -EINVAL if input parsing fails or input error code
+		fails with -EINVAL if input parsing fails or input error code
 		doesn't match.
 
 What:		/sys/bus/platform/devices/dfl-fme.0/errors/first_error
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-kim b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-kim
index 6a52d6d2b60183cae869c1421a53f0cdc85f13f4..0a38caa62a3252c47f908421d5bc9ee758d2aac8 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-kim
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-kim
@@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ Description:
 		The device name flows down to architecture specific board
 		initialization file from the ATAGS bootloader
 		firmware. The name exposed is read from the user-space
-		dameon and opens the device when install is requested.
+		daemon and opens the device when install is requested.
 
 What:		/sys/devices/platform/kim/baud_rate
 Date:		January 2010
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-sst-atom b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-sst-atom
index 0154b0fba7593d1dac6a973c0d09616140e6f019..4bb2e6135c2e11a23b54b27f1c670bb090ded8ee 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-sst-atom
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-sst-atom
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ KernelVersion:	4.10
 Contact:	"Sebastien Guiriec" <sebastien.guiriec@intel.com>
 Description:
 		LPE Firmware version for SST driver on all atom
-		plaforms (BYT/CHT/Merrifield/BSW).
+		platforms (BYT/CHT/Merrifield/BSW).
 		If the FW has never been loaded it will display::
 
 			"FW not yet loaded"
diff --git a/Documentation/Makefile b/Documentation/Makefile
index 023fa658a0a878f749be6ddc609c92246ebe6e92..2f35793acd2a18000d97f4f7d896865ebceefa3c 100644
--- a/Documentation/Makefile
+++ b/Documentation/Makefile
@@ -59,6 +59,12 @@ PAPEROPT_letter = -D latex_paper_size=letter
 KERNELDOC       = $(srctree)/scripts/kernel-doc
 KERNELDOC_CONF  = -D kerneldoc_srctree=$(srctree) -D kerneldoc_bin=$(KERNELDOC)
 ALLSPHINXOPTS   =  $(KERNELDOC_CONF) $(PAPEROPT_$(PAPER)) $(SPHINXOPTS)
+ifneq ($(wildcard $(srctree)/.config),)
+ifeq ($(CONFIG_RUST),y)
+	# Let Sphinx know we will include rustdoc
+	ALLSPHINXOPTS   +=  -t rustdoc
+endif
+endif
 # the i18n builder cannot share the environment and doctrees with the others
 I18NSPHINXOPTS  = $(PAPEROPT_$(PAPER)) $(SPHINXOPTS) .
 
@@ -95,6 +101,16 @@ htmldocs:
 	@$(srctree)/scripts/sphinx-pre-install --version-check
 	@+$(foreach var,$(SPHINXDIRS),$(call loop_cmd,sphinx,html,$(var),,$(var)))
 
+# If Rust support is available and .config exists, add rustdoc generated contents.
+# If there are any, the errors from this make rustdoc will be displayed but
+# won't stop the execution of htmldocs
+
+ifneq ($(wildcard $(srctree)/.config),)
+ifeq ($(CONFIG_RUST),y)
+	$(Q)$(MAKE) rustdoc || true
+endif
+endif
+
 texinfodocs:
 	@$(srctree)/scripts/sphinx-pre-install --version-check
 	@+$(foreach var,$(SPHINXDIRS),$(call loop_cmd,sphinx,texinfo,$(var),texinfo,$(var)))
diff --git a/Documentation/accounting/psi.rst b/Documentation/accounting/psi.rst
index df6062eb3abbccccc6ed98ab544905babddedb78..d455db3e58083869fa50bf8b29591b491292db50 100644
--- a/Documentation/accounting/psi.rst
+++ b/Documentation/accounting/psi.rst
@@ -178,7 +178,7 @@ Userspace monitor usage example
 Cgroup2 interface
 =================
 
-In a system with a CONFIG_CGROUP=y kernel and the cgroup2 filesystem
+In a system with a CONFIG_CGROUPS=y kernel and the cgroup2 filesystem
 mounted, pressure stall information is also tracked for tasks grouped
 into cgroups. Each subdirectory in the cgroupfs mountpoint contains
 cpu.pressure, memory.pressure, and io.pressure files; the format is
diff --git a/Documentation/admin-guide/cgroup-v1/memcg_test.rst b/Documentation/admin-guide/cgroup-v1/memcg_test.rst
index a402359abb996b583ddab8df61525fa7ed8ea140..1f128458ddea49cd3c91d21a38f3d03e1af13726 100644
--- a/Documentation/admin-guide/cgroup-v1/memcg_test.rst
+++ b/Documentation/admin-guide/cgroup-v1/memcg_test.rst
@@ -62,7 +62,7 @@ Please note that implementation details can be changed.
 
 	At cancel(), simply usage -= PAGE_SIZE.
 
-Under below explanation, we assume CONFIG_MEM_RES_CTRL_SWAP=y.
+Under below explanation, we assume CONFIG_SWAP=y.
 
 4. Anonymous
 ============
diff --git a/Documentation/admin-guide/kernel-parameters.rst b/Documentation/admin-guide/kernel-parameters.rst
index 1ba8f2a44aacdec188276ffbaa5bc6b5e0bf547f..102937bc8443a23d88b952b4d7278e5e6cd25c21 100644
--- a/Documentation/admin-guide/kernel-parameters.rst
+++ b/Documentation/admin-guide/kernel-parameters.rst
@@ -80,7 +80,7 @@ The special case-tolerant group name "all" has a meaning of selecting all CPUs,
 so that "nohz_full=all" is the equivalent of "nohz_full=0-N".
 
 The semantics of "N" and "all" is supported on a level of bitmaps and holds for
-all users of bitmap_parse().
+all users of bitmap_parselist().
 
 This document may not be entirely up to date and comprehensive. The command
 "modinfo -p ${modulename}" shows a current list of all parameters of a loadable
@@ -89,10 +89,11 @@ reveal their parameters in /sys/module/${modulename}/parameters/. Some of these
 parameters may be changed at runtime by the command
 ``echo -n ${value} > /sys/module/${modulename}/parameters/${parm}``.
 
-The parameters listed below are only valid if certain kernel build options were
-enabled and if respective hardware is present. The text in square brackets at
-the beginning of each description states the restrictions within which a
-parameter is applicable::
+The parameters listed below are only valid if certain kernel build options
+were enabled and if respective hardware is present. This list should be kept
+in alphabetical order. The text in square brackets at the beginning
+of each description states the restrictions within which a parameter
+is applicable::
 
 	ACPI	ACPI support is enabled.
 	AGP	AGP (Accelerated Graphics Port) is enabled.
@@ -127,9 +128,9 @@ parameter is applicable::
 	KGDB	Kernel debugger support is enabled.
 	KVM	Kernel Virtual Machine support is enabled.
 	LIBATA  Libata driver is enabled
-	LP	Printer support is enabled.
 	LOONGARCH LoongArch architecture is enabled.
 	LOOP	Loopback device support is enabled.
+	LP	Printer support is enabled.
 	M68k	M68k architecture is enabled.
 			These options have more detailed description inside of
 			Documentation/arch/m68k/kernel-options.rst.
@@ -139,10 +140,9 @@ parameter is applicable::
 	MSI	Message Signaled Interrupts (PCI).
 	MTD	MTD (Memory Technology Device) support is enabled.
 	NET	Appropriate network support is enabled.
-	NUMA	NUMA support is enabled.
 	NFS	Appropriate NFS support is enabled.
+	NUMA	NUMA support is enabled.
 	OF	Devicetree is enabled.
-	PV_OPS	A paravirtualized kernel is enabled.
 	PARISC	The PA-RISC architecture is enabled.
 	PCI	PCI bus support is enabled.
 	PCIE	PCI Express support is enabled.
@@ -151,9 +151,10 @@ parameter is applicable::
 	PPC	PowerPC architecture is enabled.
 	PPT	Parallel port support is enabled.
 	PS2	Appropriate PS/2 support is enabled.
+	PV_OPS	A paravirtualized kernel is enabled.
 	RAM	RAM disk support is enabled.
-	RISCV	RISCV architecture is enabled.
 	RDT	Intel Resource Director Technology.
+	RISCV	RISCV architecture is enabled.
 	S390	S390 architecture is enabled.
 	SCSI	Appropriate SCSI support is enabled.
 			A lot of drivers have their options described inside
@@ -164,15 +165,15 @@ parameter is applicable::
 	SH	SuperH architecture is enabled.
 	SMP	The kernel is an SMP kernel.
 	SPARC	Sparc architecture is enabled.
-	SWSUSP	Software suspend (hibernation) is enabled.
 	SUSPEND	System suspend states are enabled.
+	SWSUSP	Software suspend (hibernation) is enabled.
 	TPM	TPM drivers are enabled.
 	UMS	USB Mass Storage support is enabled.
 	USB	USB support is enabled.
 	USBHID	USB Human Interface Device support is enabled.
 	V4L	Video For Linux support is enabled.
-	VMMIO   Driver for memory mapped virtio devices is enabled.
 	VGA	The VGA console has been enabled.
+	VMMIO   Driver for memory mapped virtio devices is enabled.
 	VT	Virtual terminal support is enabled.
 	WDT	Watchdog support is enabled.
 	X86-32	X86-32, aka i386 architecture is enabled.
@@ -186,9 +187,9 @@ parameter is applicable::
 
 In addition, the following text indicates that the option::
 
+	BOOT	Is a boot loader parameter.
 	BUGS=	Relates to possible processor bugs on the said processor.
 	KNL	Is a kernel start-up parameter.
-	BOOT	Is a boot loader parameter.
 
 Parameters denoted with BOOT are actually interpreted by the boot
 loader, and have no meaning to the kernel directly.
diff --git a/Documentation/admin-guide/kernel-parameters.txt b/Documentation/admin-guide/kernel-parameters.txt
index 93f646e0b4b59ba12af4139011c4fb9897af475a..0b739a37c5249f26d2852d4b78cd98393648222e 100644
--- a/Documentation/admin-guide/kernel-parameters.txt
+++ b/Documentation/admin-guide/kernel-parameters.txt
@@ -418,20 +418,20 @@
 	arm64.nobti	[ARM64] Unconditionally disable Branch Target
 			Identification support
 
-	arm64.nopauth	[ARM64] Unconditionally disable Pointer Authentication
-			support
+	arm64.nomops	[ARM64] Unconditionally disable Memory Copy and Memory
+			Set instructions support
 
 	arm64.nomte	[ARM64] Unconditionally disable Memory Tagging Extension
 			support
 
-	arm64.nosve	[ARM64] Unconditionally disable Scalable Vector
-			Extension support
+	arm64.nopauth	[ARM64] Unconditionally disable Pointer Authentication
+			support
 
 	arm64.nosme	[ARM64] Unconditionally disable Scalable Matrix
 			Extension support
 
-	arm64.nomops	[ARM64] Unconditionally disable Memory Copy and Memory
-			Set instructions support
+	arm64.nosve	[ARM64] Unconditionally disable Scalable Vector
+			Extension support
 
 	ataflop=	[HW,M68k]
 
@@ -2655,7 +2655,7 @@
 
 	kvm-intel.flexpriority=
 			[KVM,Intel] Control KVM's use of FlexPriority feature
-			(TPR shadow). Default is 1 (enabled). Disalbe by KVM if
+			(TPR shadow). Default is 1 (enabled). Disable by KVM if
 			hardware lacks support for it.
 
 	kvm-intel.nested=
@@ -3140,7 +3140,7 @@
 			[KNL,SH] Allow user to override the default size for
 			per-device physically contiguous DMA buffers.
 
-	memhp_default_state=online/offline
+	memhp_default_state=online/offline/online_kernel/online_movable
 			[KNL] Set the initial state for the memory hotplug
 			onlining policy. If not specified, the default value is
 			set according to the
@@ -4073,20 +4073,6 @@
 			timeout < 0: reboot immediately
 			Format: <timeout>
 
-	panic_print=	Bitmask for printing system info when panic happens.
-			User can chose combination of the following bits:
-			bit 0: print all tasks info
-			bit 1: print system memory info
-			bit 2: print timer info
-			bit 3: print locks info if CONFIG_LOCKDEP is on
-			bit 4: print ftrace buffer
-			bit 5: print all printk messages in buffer
-			bit 6: print all CPUs backtrace (if available in the arch)
-			*Be aware* that this option may print a _lot_ of lines,
-			so there are risks of losing older messages in the log.
-			Use this option carefully, maybe worth to setup a
-			bigger log buffer with "log_buf_len" along with this.
-
 	panic_on_taint=	Bitmask for conditionally calling panic() in add_taint()
 			Format: <hex>[,nousertaint]
 			Hexadecimal bitmask representing the set of TAINT flags
@@ -4103,6 +4089,20 @@
 	panic_on_warn=1	panic() instead of WARN().  Useful to cause kdump
 			on a WARN().
 
+	panic_print=	Bitmask for printing system info when panic happens.
+			User can chose combination of the following bits:
+			bit 0: print all tasks info
+			bit 1: print system memory info
+			bit 2: print timer info
+			bit 3: print locks info if CONFIG_LOCKDEP is on
+			bit 4: print ftrace buffer
+			bit 5: print all printk messages in buffer
+			bit 6: print all CPUs backtrace (if available in the arch)
+			*Be aware* that this option may print a _lot_ of lines,
+			so there are risks of losing older messages in the log.
+			Use this option carefully, maybe worth to setup a
+			bigger log buffer with "log_buf_len" along with this.
+
 	parkbd.port=	[HW] Parallel port number the keyboard adapter is
 			connected to, default is 0.
 			Format: <parport#>
@@ -4222,7 +4222,7 @@
 			mode 0, bit 1 is for mode 1, and so on.  Mode 0 only
 			allowed by default.
 
-	pause_on_oops=
+	pause_on_oops=<int>
 			Halt all CPUs after the first oops has been printed for
 			the specified number of seconds.  This is to be used if
 			your oopses keep scrolling off the screen.
diff --git a/Documentation/admin-guide/mm/damon/usage.rst b/Documentation/admin-guide/mm/damon/usage.rst
index 084f0a32b421ab7386a6df485b329e4fa62d33de..8da1b728182733ed0e9adb54c71a64b52dc5d464 100644
--- a/Documentation/admin-guide/mm/damon/usage.rst
+++ b/Documentation/admin-guide/mm/damon/usage.rst
@@ -99,7 +99,7 @@ Root
 
 The root of the DAMON sysfs interface is ``<sysfs>/kernel/mm/damon/``, and it
 has one directory named ``admin``.  The directory contains the files for
-privileged user space programs' control of DAMON.  User space tools or deamons
+privileged user space programs' control of DAMON.  User space tools or daemons
 having the root permission could use this directory.
 
 kdamonds/
@@ -413,7 +413,7 @@ be used for online analysis or tuning of the schemes.
 The statistics can be retrieved by reading the files under ``stats`` directory
 (``nr_tried``, ``sz_tried``, ``nr_applied``, ``sz_applied``, and
 ``qt_exceeds``), respectively.  The files are not updated in real time, so you
-should ask DAMON sysfs interface to updte the content of the files for the
+should ask DAMON sysfs interface to update the content of the files for the
 stats by writing a special keyword, ``update_schemes_stats`` to the relevant
 ``kdamonds/<N>/state`` file.
 
diff --git a/Documentation/admin-guide/mm/numa_memory_policy.rst b/Documentation/admin-guide/mm/numa_memory_policy.rst
index 46515ad2337f67abd5e397236df064ef184010a8..eca38fa81e0f98521a2963cec536de98bc2297ef 100644
--- a/Documentation/admin-guide/mm/numa_memory_policy.rst
+++ b/Documentation/admin-guide/mm/numa_memory_policy.rst
@@ -109,7 +109,7 @@ VMA Policy
 	* A task may install a new VMA policy on a sub-range of a
 	  previously mmap()ed region.  When this happens, Linux splits
 	  the existing virtual memory area into 2 or 3 VMAs, each with
-	  it's own policy.
+	  its own policy.
 
 	* By default, VMA policy applies only to pages allocated after
 	  the policy is installed.  Any pages already faulted into the
diff --git a/Documentation/admin-guide/module-signing.rst b/Documentation/admin-guide/module-signing.rst
index 7d7c7c8a545ca6699de1ece9ec7ccef46a871c0a..2898b270329785b57f4525b986d62259210018d4 100644
--- a/Documentation/admin-guide/module-signing.rst
+++ b/Documentation/admin-guide/module-signing.rst
@@ -266,7 +266,7 @@ for which it has a public key.   Otherwise, it will also load modules that are
 unsigned.   Any module for which the kernel has a key, but which proves to have
 a signature mismatch will not be permitted to load.
 
-Any module that has an unparseable signature will be rejected.
+Any module that has an unparsable signature will be rejected.
 
 
 =========================================
diff --git a/Documentation/admin-guide/serial-console.rst b/Documentation/admin-guide/serial-console.rst
index 8c8b94e54e2672ae76407626cd64a8fe35b24d70..a3dfc2c66e019df5e15c6d3ca3674454bc71a162 100644
--- a/Documentation/admin-guide/serial-console.rst
+++ b/Documentation/admin-guide/serial-console.rst
@@ -59,7 +59,7 @@ times. In this case, there are the following two rules:
    the hardware is not available.
 
 The result might be surprising. For example, the following two command
-lines have the same result:
+lines have the same result::
 
 	console=ttyS1,9600 console=tty0 console=tty1
 	console=tty0 console=ttyS1,9600 console=tty1
diff --git a/Documentation/admin-guide/xfs.rst b/Documentation/admin-guide/xfs.rst
index 3a9c041d7f6c316d1f48a8abecde7c8df5e8970c..b67772cf36d6dcefc81ec6a2b91f1f48891bfb35 100644
--- a/Documentation/admin-guide/xfs.rst
+++ b/Documentation/admin-guide/xfs.rst
@@ -192,7 +192,7 @@ When mounting an XFS filesystem, the following options are accepted.
 	are any integer multiple of a valid ``sunit`` value.
 
 	Typically the only time these mount options are necessary if
-	after an underlying RAID device has had it's geometry
+	after an underlying RAID device has had its geometry
 	modified, such as adding a new disk to a RAID5 lun and
 	reshaping it.
 
diff --git a/Documentation/arch/arm/arm.rst b/Documentation/arch/arm/arm.rst
index 99d660fdf73fde73c0b8dfaed574cb69df286f27..7b41b89dd9bd0b0093a13cd09286ab382dd29727 100644
--- a/Documentation/arch/arm/arm.rst
+++ b/Documentation/arch/arm/arm.rst
@@ -141,7 +141,7 @@ ST506 hard drives
   `*configure` harddrive set to 2). I've got an internal 20MB and a great
   big external 5.25" FH 64MB drive (who could ever want more :-) ).
 
-  I've just got 240K/s off it (a dd with bs=128k); thats about half of what
+  I've just got 240K/s off it (a dd with bs=128k); that's about half of what
   RiscOS gets; but it's a heck of a lot better than the 50K/s I was getting
   last week :-)
 
diff --git a/Documentation/arch/arm/ixp4xx.rst b/Documentation/arch/arm/ixp4xx.rst
index a57235616294a3af1cc6d17a3adcaa1af5d3217e..17aafc610908f99ee353f76fe92190fc4d46977e 100644
--- a/Documentation/arch/arm/ixp4xx.rst
+++ b/Documentation/arch/arm/ixp4xx.rst
@@ -78,9 +78,9 @@ IXP4xx provides two methods of accessing PCI memory space:
 1) A direct mapped window from 0x48000000 to 0x4bffffff (64MB).
    To access PCI via this space, we simply ioremap() the BAR
    into the kernel and we can use the standard read[bwl]/write[bwl]
-   macros. This is the preffered method due to speed but it
+   macros. This is the preferred method due to speed but it
    limits the system to just 64MB of PCI memory. This can be
-   problamatic if using video cards and other memory-heavy devices.
+   problematic if using video cards and other memory-heavy devices.
 
 2) If > 64MB of memory space is required, the IXP4xx can be
    configured to use indirect registers to access PCI This allows
diff --git a/Documentation/arch/arm/sunxi/clocks.rst b/Documentation/arch/arm/sunxi/clocks.rst
index 23bd03f3e21f4ef28ec66731069de324a3a74239..dfe6d48872107c2ee0f5fb5aec96d82ca17afceb 100644
--- a/Documentation/arch/arm/sunxi/clocks.rst
+++ b/Documentation/arch/arm/sunxi/clocks.rst
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ Frequently asked questions about the sunxi clock system
 This document contains useful bits of information that people tend to ask
 about the sunxi clock system, as well as accompanying ASCII art when adequate.
 
-Q: Why is the main 24MHz oscillator gatable? Wouldn't that break the
+Q: Why is the main 24MHz oscillator gateable? Wouldn't that break the
    system?
 
 A: The 24MHz oscillator allows gating to save power. Indeed, if gated
diff --git a/Documentation/arch/arm/swp_emulation.rst b/Documentation/arch/arm/swp_emulation.rst
index 6a608a9c3715888ee65dde65adf26d767f94c81d..bf205e3de36ec439e569fe7dce651354c0af1132 100644
--- a/Documentation/arch/arm/swp_emulation.rst
+++ b/Documentation/arch/arm/swp_emulation.rst
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 Software emulation of deprecated SWP instruction (CONFIG_SWP_EMULATE)
 ---------------------------------------------------------------------
 
-ARMv6 architecture deprecates use of the SWP/SWPB instructions, and recommeds
+ARMv6 architecture deprecates use of the SWP/SWPB instructions, and recommends
 moving to the load-locked/store-conditional instructions LDREX and STREX.
 
 ARMv7 multiprocessing extensions introduce the ability to disable these
diff --git a/Documentation/arch/arm/tcm.rst b/Documentation/arch/arm/tcm.rst
index 1dc6c39220f98a77b3c898142b40b548e0c98917..7ce17a248af91fc48043f9a16d75e2befd5eea13 100644
--- a/Documentation/arch/arm/tcm.rst
+++ b/Documentation/arch/arm/tcm.rst
@@ -71,7 +71,7 @@ in <asm/tcm.h>. Using this interface it is possible to:
 
 - Have the remaining TCM RAM added to a special
   allocation pool with gen_pool_create() and gen_pool_add()
-  and provice tcm_alloc() and tcm_free() for this
+  and provide tcm_alloc() and tcm_free() for this
   memory. Such a heap is great for things like saving
   device state when shutting off device power domains.
 
diff --git a/Documentation/arch/arm/uefi.rst b/Documentation/arch/arm/uefi.rst
index baebe688a0064114253f2d1a33acae1ac417078a..2b7ad9bd7cd2244fea4a2755293414e9c7ec4bc4 100644
--- a/Documentation/arch/arm/uefi.rst
+++ b/Documentation/arch/arm/uefi.rst
@@ -50,7 +50,7 @@ The stub populates the FDT /chosen node with (and the kernel scans for) the
 following parameters:
 
 ==========================  ======   ===========================================
-Name                        Size     Description
+Name                        Type     Description
 ==========================  ======   ===========================================
 linux,uefi-system-table     64-bit   Physical address of the UEFI System Table.
 
@@ -67,4 +67,6 @@ linux,uefi-mmap-desc-ver    32-bit   Version of the mmap descriptor format.
 
 kaslr-seed                  64-bit   Entropy used to randomize the kernel image
                                      base address location.
+
+bootargs                    String   Kernel command line
 ==========================  ======   ===========================================
diff --git a/Documentation/arch/arm/vlocks.rst b/Documentation/arch/arm/vlocks.rst
index a40a1742110bce1a85dde1a5f0776b31739ef319..737aa8661a211aecae5f9b94903f3439039ad3b9 100644
--- a/Documentation/arch/arm/vlocks.rst
+++ b/Documentation/arch/arm/vlocks.rst
@@ -155,7 +155,7 @@ the basic algorithm:
    optimisation.
 
    If there are too many CPUs to read the currently_voting array in
-   one transaction then multiple transations are still required.  The
+   one transaction then multiple transactions are still required.  The
    implementation uses a simple loop of word-sized loads for this
    case.  The number of transactions is still fewer than would be
    required if bytes were loaded individually.
diff --git a/Documentation/arch/arm64/acpi_object_usage.rst b/Documentation/arch/arm64/acpi_object_usage.rst
index 1da22200fdf8fe6cc1a8e006e37c9d978525a545..06d8a87971ef0da2bd4dc0751e7e4e1884f8cdc0 100644
--- a/Documentation/arch/arm64/acpi_object_usage.rst
+++ b/Documentation/arch/arm64/acpi_object_usage.rst
@@ -45,7 +45,7 @@ APMT   Signature Reserved (signature == "APMT")
 
        **Arm Performance Monitoring Table**
 
-       This table describes the properties of PMU support implmented by
+       This table describes the properties of PMU support implemented by
        components in the system.
 
 BERT   Section 18.3 (signature == "BERT")
diff --git a/Documentation/arch/arm64/arm-acpi.rst b/Documentation/arch/arm64/arm-acpi.rst
index 94274a8d84cf0af3dc5f0bb2df68c7da4b1a4d9a..a46c34fa96044c93c6c5e19764a94558187c6904 100644
--- a/Documentation/arch/arm64/arm-acpi.rst
+++ b/Documentation/arch/arm64/arm-acpi.rst
@@ -99,7 +99,7 @@ to replace the kernel.
 
 When a Linux driver or subsystem is first implemented using ACPI, it by
 definition ends up requiring a specific version of the ACPI specification
--- it's baseline.  ACPI firmware must continue to work, even though it may
+-- its baseline.  ACPI firmware must continue to work, even though it may
 not be optimal, with the earliest kernel version that first provides support
 for that baseline version of ACPI.  There may be a need for additional drivers,
 but adding new functionality (e.g., CPU power management) should not break
diff --git a/Documentation/arch/index.rst b/Documentation/arch/index.rst
index c9a209878cf3897ddc5b9c9eb050af71c50236bd..84b80255b851663c39cb75630307313e6beec85a 100644
--- a/Documentation/arch/index.rst
+++ b/Documentation/arch/index.rst
@@ -13,9 +13,9 @@ implementation.
    arm/index
    arm64/index
    ia64/index
-   ../loongarch/index
+   loongarch/index
    m68k/index
-   ../mips/index
+   mips/index
    nios2/index
    openrisc/index
    parisc/index
diff --git a/Documentation/loongarch/booting.rst b/Documentation/arch/loongarch/booting.rst
similarity index 100%
rename from Documentation/loongarch/booting.rst
rename to Documentation/arch/loongarch/booting.rst
diff --git a/Documentation/loongarch/features.rst b/Documentation/arch/loongarch/features.rst
similarity index 100%
rename from Documentation/loongarch/features.rst
rename to Documentation/arch/loongarch/features.rst
diff --git a/Documentation/loongarch/index.rst b/Documentation/arch/loongarch/index.rst
similarity index 100%
rename from Documentation/loongarch/index.rst
rename to Documentation/arch/loongarch/index.rst
diff --git a/Documentation/loongarch/introduction.rst b/Documentation/arch/loongarch/introduction.rst
similarity index 100%
rename from Documentation/loongarch/introduction.rst
rename to Documentation/arch/loongarch/introduction.rst
diff --git a/Documentation/loongarch/irq-chip-model.rst b/Documentation/arch/loongarch/irq-chip-model.rst
similarity index 100%
rename from Documentation/loongarch/irq-chip-model.rst
rename to Documentation/arch/loongarch/irq-chip-model.rst
diff --git a/Documentation/mips/booting.rst b/Documentation/arch/mips/booting.rst
similarity index 100%
rename from Documentation/mips/booting.rst
rename to Documentation/arch/mips/booting.rst
diff --git a/Documentation/mips/features.rst b/Documentation/arch/mips/features.rst
similarity index 100%
rename from Documentation/mips/features.rst
rename to Documentation/arch/mips/features.rst
diff --git a/Documentation/mips/index.rst b/Documentation/arch/mips/index.rst
similarity index 100%
rename from Documentation/mips/index.rst
rename to Documentation/arch/mips/index.rst
diff --git a/Documentation/mips/ingenic-tcu.rst b/Documentation/arch/mips/ingenic-tcu.rst
similarity index 100%
rename from Documentation/mips/ingenic-tcu.rst
rename to Documentation/arch/mips/ingenic-tcu.rst
diff --git a/Documentation/arch/openrisc/openrisc_port.rst b/Documentation/arch/openrisc/openrisc_port.rst
index 657ac4af7be6ab3bb8730885d2758affc184cbb0..1565b9546e38d750cb6f56aee7b28d028dcd8d2b 100644
--- a/Documentation/arch/openrisc/openrisc_port.rst
+++ b/Documentation/arch/openrisc/openrisc_port.rst
@@ -106,7 +106,7 @@ History
 	a much improved version with changes all around.
 
 10-04-2004	Matjaz Breskvar (phoenix@bsemi.com)
-	alot of bugfixes all over.
+	a lot of bugfixes all over.
 	ethernet support, functional http and telnet servers.
 	running many standard linux apps.
 
@@ -114,7 +114,7 @@ History
 	port to 2.6.x
 
 30-11-2004	Matjaz Breskvar (phoenix@bsemi.com)
-	lots of bugfixes and enhancments.
+	lots of bugfixes and enhancements.
 	added opencores framebuffer driver.
 
 09-10-2010    Jonas Bonn (jonas@southpole.se)
diff --git a/Documentation/arch/s390/vfio-ap.rst b/Documentation/arch/s390/vfio-ap.rst
index bb3f4c4e288563dc1ca850b8f7f86b7b7347a56e..929ee1c1c940072af235b233c9343e38e563be4e 100644
--- a/Documentation/arch/s390/vfio-ap.rst
+++ b/Documentation/arch/s390/vfio-ap.rst
@@ -422,7 +422,7 @@ Configure the guest's AP resources
 Configuring the AP resources for a KVM guest will be performed when the
 VFIO_GROUP_NOTIFY_SET_KVM notifier callback is invoked. The notifier
 function is called when userspace connects to KVM. The guest's AP resources are
-configured via it's APCB by:
+configured via its APCB by:
 
 * Setting the bits in the APM corresponding to the APIDs assigned to the
   vfio_ap mediated device via its 'assign_adapter' interface.
diff --git a/Documentation/arch/x86/boot.rst b/Documentation/arch/x86/boot.rst
index cdbca15a4fc23833ac0feb4c6ca215f0a0118560..f5d2f2414de8b62fc33aef9550b0db067d924421 100644
--- a/Documentation/arch/x86/boot.rst
+++ b/Documentation/arch/x86/boot.rst
@@ -1105,7 +1105,7 @@ The kernel command line should not be located below the real-mode
 code, nor should it be located in high memory.
 
 
-Sample Boot Configuartion
+Sample Boot Configuration
 =========================
 
 As a sample configuration, assume the following layout of the real
diff --git a/Documentation/arch/x86/buslock.rst b/Documentation/arch/x86/buslock.rst
index 31ec0ef780868304f2dc44616fbeeb9436ac042e..4c5a4822eeb70b850f2f543c73e06f8a612f4c96 100644
--- a/Documentation/arch/x86/buslock.rst
+++ b/Documentation/arch/x86/buslock.rst
@@ -32,7 +32,7 @@ mechanisms to detect split locks and bus locks.
 --------------------------------------
 
 Beginning with the Tremont Atom CPU split lock operations may raise an
-Alignment Check (#AC) exception when a split lock operation is attemped.
+Alignment Check (#AC) exception when a split lock operation is attempted.
 
 #DB exception for bus lock detection
 ------------------------------------
diff --git a/Documentation/arch/x86/mds.rst b/Documentation/arch/x86/mds.rst
index 5d4330be200f980cf4ea7a8e17b9e89012dcc381..e73fdff62c0aa10a0d6de89e6a62f8b2185920a7 100644
--- a/Documentation/arch/x86/mds.rst
+++ b/Documentation/arch/x86/mds.rst
@@ -60,7 +60,7 @@ needed for exploiting MDS requires:
    data
 
 The existence of such a construct in the kernel cannot be excluded with
-100% certainty, but the complexity involved makes it extremly unlikely.
+100% certainty, but the complexity involved makes it extremely unlikely.
 
 There is one exception, which is untrusted BPF. The functionality of
 untrusted BPF is limited, but it needs to be thoroughly investigated
diff --git a/Documentation/arch/x86/sgx.rst b/Documentation/arch/x86/sgx.rst
index 2bcbffacbed559db0431beca50e409dbf641b379..d90796adc2ec88a534c6c5b6ba1af7749f15afc0 100644
--- a/Documentation/arch/x86/sgx.rst
+++ b/Documentation/arch/x86/sgx.rst
@@ -245,7 +245,7 @@ SGX will likely become unusable because the memory available to SGX is
 limited. However, while this may be fatal to SGX, the rest of the kernel
 is unlikely to be impacted and should continue to work.
 
-As a result, when this happpens, user should stop running any new
+As a result, when this happens, user should stop running any new
 SGX workloads, (or just any new workloads), and migrate all valuable
 workloads. Although a machine reboot can recover all EPC memory, the bug
 should be reported to Linux developers.
diff --git a/Documentation/arch/xtensa/atomctl.rst b/Documentation/arch/xtensa/atomctl.rst
index 1ecbd0ba9a2e6fdf59e34143056efee758171f3a..75d1741694304a0286dc0d70e4a9bce923d0e32f 100644
--- a/Documentation/arch/xtensa/atomctl.rst
+++ b/Documentation/arch/xtensa/atomctl.rst
@@ -23,7 +23,7 @@ doing a Cached (WB) transaction and use the Memory RCW for un-cached
 operations.
 
 For systems without an coherent cache controller, non-MX, we always
-use the memory controllers RCW, thought non-MX controlers likely
+use the memory controllers RCW, though non-MX controllers likely
 support the Internal Operation.
 
 CUSTOMER-WARNING:
diff --git a/Documentation/block/data-integrity.rst b/Documentation/block/data-integrity.rst
index 07a97aa266685ca19068eddb032152be4867be31..6a760c0eb1924edd13096d244d3a53809855d2e7 100644
--- a/Documentation/block/data-integrity.rst
+++ b/Documentation/block/data-integrity.rst
@@ -209,7 +209,7 @@ will require extra work due to the application tag.
       sector must be set, and the bio should have all data pages
       added.  It is up to the caller to ensure that the bio does not
       change while I/O is in progress.
-      Complete bio with error if prepare failed for some reson.
+      Complete bio with error if prepare failed for some reason.
 
 
 5.3 Passing Existing Integrity Metadata
diff --git a/Documentation/block/ublk.rst b/Documentation/block/ublk.rst
index 1713b2890abb04e4bd05ce240171fd444c4078a0..ff74b3ec4a98c6da3e6da2609f32ca3051d80a62 100644
--- a/Documentation/block/ublk.rst
+++ b/Documentation/block/ublk.rst
@@ -238,7 +238,7 @@ The's IO is assigned by a unique tag, which is 1:1 mapping with IO
 request of ``/dev/ublkb*``.
 
 UAPI structure of ``ublksrv_io_desc`` is defined for describing each IO from
-the driver. A fixed mmaped area (array) on ``/dev/ublkc*`` is provided for
+the driver. A fixed mmapped area (array) on ``/dev/ublkc*`` is provided for
 exporting IO info to the server; such as IO offset, length, OP/flags and
 buffer address. Each ``ublksrv_io_desc`` instance can be indexed via queue id
 and IO tag directly.
diff --git a/Documentation/bpf/cpumasks.rst b/Documentation/bpf/cpumasks.rst
index 3139c7c02e795fbc1b7f4fa3952f50e58046ed29..a22b6ad105fbb5880c3295d7e72f262fb5cc7f70 100644
--- a/Documentation/bpf/cpumasks.rst
+++ b/Documentation/bpf/cpumasks.rst
@@ -364,7 +364,7 @@ can be used to query the contents of cpumasks.
 ----
 
 Some example usages of these querying kfuncs were shown above. We will not
-replicate those exmaples here. Note, however, that all of the aforementioned
+replicate those examples here. Note, however, that all of the aforementioned
 kfuncs are tested in `tools/testing/selftests/bpf/progs/cpumask_success.c`_, so
 please take a look there if you're looking for more examples of how they can be
 used.
diff --git a/Documentation/bpf/graph_ds_impl.rst b/Documentation/bpf/graph_ds_impl.rst
index 61274622b71d85c7f5002c134fa2b0309cf713e5..06288cc719b3d7bc5f68d97c54357c2cf1b2f53c 100644
--- a/Documentation/bpf/graph_ds_impl.rst
+++ b/Documentation/bpf/graph_ds_impl.rst
@@ -23,7 +23,7 @@ Introduction
 
 The BPF map API has historically been the main way to expose data structures
 of various types for use within BPF programs. Some data structures fit naturally
-with the map API (HASH, ARRAY), others less so. Consequentially, programs
+with the map API (HASH, ARRAY), others less so. Consequently, programs
 interacting with the latter group of data structures can be hard to parse
 for kernel programmers without previous BPF experience.
 
diff --git a/Documentation/core-api/genericirq.rst b/Documentation/core-api/genericirq.rst
index f959c9b53f61b3a7668378e7240b2e9dd88fdd8e..4a460639ab1cec03ae2cd6ae03dcb4ce0e0dbaa4 100644
--- a/Documentation/core-api/genericirq.rst
+++ b/Documentation/core-api/genericirq.rst
@@ -264,7 +264,7 @@ The following control flow is implemented (simplified excerpt)::
             desc->irq_data.chip->irq_unmask();
         desc->status &= ~pending;
         handle_irq_event(desc->action);
-    } while (status & pending);
+    } while (desc->status & pending);
     desc->status &= ~running;
 
 
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/timer/ingenic,tcu.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/timer/ingenic,tcu.yaml
index 2d14610888a712e2e9b2faa31ba93112902754d5..585b5f5217c4823176292c04591d8e248f2b608a 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/timer/ingenic,tcu.yaml
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/timer/ingenic,tcu.yaml
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ title: Ingenic SoCs Timer/Counter Unit (TCU)
 
 description: |
   For a description of the TCU hardware and drivers, have a look at
-  Documentation/mips/ingenic-tcu.rst.
+  Documentation/arch/mips/ingenic-tcu.rst.
 
 maintainers:
   - Paul Cercueil <paul@crapouillou.net>
diff --git a/Documentation/doc-guide/kernel-doc.rst b/Documentation/doc-guide/kernel-doc.rst
index 1dcbd7332476f404359633d3db560f37736df3d5..6ad72ac6861bdff5ee8d22d992bb17cd03ef523e 100644
--- a/Documentation/doc-guide/kernel-doc.rst
+++ b/Documentation/doc-guide/kernel-doc.rst
@@ -151,9 +151,9 @@ named ``Return``.
      line breaks, so if you try to format some text nicely, as in::
 
 	* Return:
-	* 0 - OK
-	* -EINVAL - invalid argument
-	* -ENOMEM - out of memory
+	* %0 - OK
+	* %-EINVAL - invalid argument
+	* %-ENOMEM - out of memory
 
      this will all run together and produce::
 
@@ -163,8 +163,8 @@ named ``Return``.
      ReST list, e. g.::
 
       * Return:
-      * * 0		- OK to runtime suspend the device
-      * * -EBUSY	- Device should not be runtime suspended
+      * * %0		- OK to runtime suspend the device
+      * * %-EBUSY	- Device should not be runtime suspended
 
   #) If the descriptive text you provide has lines that begin with
      some phrase followed by a colon, each of those phrases will be taken
diff --git a/Documentation/driver-api/basics.rst b/Documentation/driver-api/basics.rst
index 7671b531ba1a851f280972452bde025260224e0b..d78b7c328ff7b3e179e36d8c91eff9ba6483ef81 100644
--- a/Documentation/driver-api/basics.rst
+++ b/Documentation/driver-api/basics.rst
@@ -15,8 +15,8 @@ Driver device table
    :no-identifiers: pci_device_id
 
 
-Delaying, scheduling, and timer routines
-----------------------------------------
+Delaying and scheduling routines
+--------------------------------
 
 .. kernel-doc:: include/linux/sched.h
    :internal:
@@ -33,16 +33,16 @@ Delaying, scheduling, and timer routines
 .. kernel-doc:: include/linux/completion.h
    :internal:
 
-.. kernel-doc:: kernel/time/timer.c
-   :export:
-
-Wait queues and Wake events
----------------------------
+Time and timer routines
+-----------------------
 
-.. kernel-doc:: include/linux/wait.h
+.. kernel-doc:: include/linux/jiffies.h
    :internal:
 
-.. kernel-doc:: kernel/sched/wait.c
+.. kernel-doc:: kernel/time/time.c
+   :export:
+
+.. kernel-doc:: kernel/time/timer.c
    :export:
 
 High-resolution timers
@@ -57,6 +57,15 @@ High-resolution timers
 .. kernel-doc:: kernel/time/hrtimer.c
    :export:
 
+Wait queues and Wake events
+---------------------------
+
+.. kernel-doc:: include/linux/wait.h
+   :internal:
+
+.. kernel-doc:: kernel/sched/wait.c
+   :export:
+
 Internal Functions
 ------------------
 
diff --git a/Documentation/driver-api/infrastructure.rst b/Documentation/driver-api/infrastructure.rst
index 683bd460e2222c0cd7ed596eb5cc8cea2638deea..3d52dfdfa9fdfca49ca0dd0a4b359da4780677a2 100644
--- a/Documentation/driver-api/infrastructure.rst
+++ b/Documentation/driver-api/infrastructure.rst
@@ -8,12 +8,24 @@ The Basic Device Driver-Model Structures
    :internal:
    :no-identifiers: device_link_state
 
+.. kernel-doc:: include/linux/device/bus.h
+   :identifiers: bus_type bus_notifier_event
+
+.. kernel-doc:: include/linux/device/class.h
+   :identifiers: class
+
+.. kernel-doc:: include/linux/device/driver.h
+   :identifiers: probe_type device_driver
+
 Device Drivers Base
 -------------------
 
 .. kernel-doc:: drivers/base/init.c
    :internal:
 
+.. kernel-doc:: include/linux/device/driver.h
+   :no-identifiers: probe_type device_driver
+
 .. kernel-doc:: drivers/base/driver.c
    :export:
 
@@ -23,6 +35,9 @@ Device Drivers Base
 .. kernel-doc:: drivers/base/syscore.c
    :export:
 
+.. kernel-doc:: include/linux/device/class.h
+   :no-identifiers: class
+
 .. kernel-doc:: drivers/base/class.c
    :export:
 
@@ -41,6 +56,9 @@ Device Drivers Base
 .. kernel-doc:: drivers/base/platform.c
    :export:
 
+.. kernel-doc:: include/linux/device/bus.h
+   :no-identifiers: bus_type bus_notifier_event
+
 .. kernel-doc:: drivers/base/bus.c
    :export:
 
diff --git a/Documentation/fault-injection/fault-injection.rst b/Documentation/fault-injection/fault-injection.rst
index b64809514b0f784a0d30a0ef81d723bc6b3c11b8..70380a2a01b452816ea214cb5c48a3fdaa607638 100644
--- a/Documentation/fault-injection/fault-injection.rst
+++ b/Documentation/fault-injection/fault-injection.rst
@@ -243,7 +243,7 @@ proc entries
 Error Injectable Functions
 --------------------------
 
-This part is for the kenrel developers considering to add a function to
+This part is for the kernel developers considering to add a function to
 ALLOW_ERROR_INJECTION() macro.
 
 Requirements for the Error Injectable Functions
diff --git a/Documentation/fb/deferred_io.rst b/Documentation/fb/deferred_io.rst
index 7300cff255a39a22d4d69c64abea633ed7a6feab..7fc1933b06d96b6d9740f778069073fd99ce674b 100644
--- a/Documentation/fb/deferred_io.rst
+++ b/Documentation/fb/deferred_io.rst
@@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ works:
 
 - userspace app like Xfbdev mmaps framebuffer
 - deferred IO and driver sets up fault and page_mkwrite handlers
-- userspace app tries to write to mmaped vaddress
+- userspace app tries to write to mmapped vaddress
 - we get pagefault and reach fault handler
 - fault handler finds and returns physical page
 - we get page_mkwrite where we add this page to a list
diff --git a/Documentation/fb/sm712fb.rst b/Documentation/fb/sm712fb.rst
index 994dad3b0238337b4d86eb8c1874405a34227e72..8e000f80b5bc6d3c0b534abffbe506cc8f7f8c38 100644
--- a/Documentation/fb/sm712fb.rst
+++ b/Documentation/fb/sm712fb.rst
@@ -31,5 +31,5 @@ Missing Features
 ================
 (alias TODO list)
 
-	* 2D acceleratrion
+	* 2D acceleration
 	* dual-head support
diff --git a/Documentation/fb/sstfb.rst b/Documentation/fb/sstfb.rst
index 42466ff49c5809c04bb02ba92d0bf21704454685..88d5a52b13d88af7f7cbe5a9e0d9b3be761034bd 100644
--- a/Documentation/fb/sstfb.rst
+++ b/Documentation/fb/sstfb.rst
@@ -73,7 +73,7 @@ Module insertion
 	  the device will be /dev/fb0. You can check this by doing a
 	  cat /proc/fb. You can find a copy of con2fb in tools/ directory.
 	  if you don't have another fb device, this step is superfluous,
-	  as the console subsystem automagicaly binds ttys to the fb.
+	  as the console subsystem automagically binds ttys to the fb.
        #. switch to the virtual console you just mapped. "tadaaa" ...
 
 Module removal
diff --git a/Documentation/features/core/thread-info-in-task/arch-support.txt b/Documentation/features/core/thread-info-in-task/arch-support.txt
index 9c5d39eebef2152077c4536a2996916b9c14ffee..97c65ed2ac23b84121b46402a4a3024b647323fa 100644
--- a/Documentation/features/core/thread-info-in-task/arch-support.txt
+++ b/Documentation/features/core/thread-info-in-task/arch-support.txt
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 #
 # Feature name:          thread-info-in-task
 #         Kconfig:       THREAD_INFO_IN_TASK
-#         description:   arch makes use of the core kernel facility to embedd thread_info in task_struct
+#         description:   arch makes use of the core kernel facility to embed thread_info in task_struct
 #
     -----------------------
     |         arch |status|
diff --git a/Documentation/features/debug/kprobes-on-ftrace/arch-support.txt b/Documentation/features/debug/kprobes-on-ftrace/arch-support.txt
index bcc29d3aba9ad88479232c50aea93de956703d12..38a0a54b79f5b1403fa636b7b7d3d34af8907811 100644
--- a/Documentation/features/debug/kprobes-on-ftrace/arch-support.txt
+++ b/Documentation/features/debug/kprobes-on-ftrace/arch-support.txt
@@ -13,7 +13,7 @@
     |        csky: |  ok  |
     |     hexagon: | TODO |
     |        ia64: | TODO |
-    |   loongarch: | TODO |
+    |   loongarch: |  ok  |
     |        m68k: | TODO |
     |  microblaze: | TODO |
     |        mips: | TODO |
diff --git a/Documentation/features/debug/kprobes/arch-support.txt b/Documentation/features/debug/kprobes/arch-support.txt
index 8a77d62a42c59b814c8d9484afb1913ba9a5882c..aad83b57587ac5e916cc50ee90b54eb823cf3823 100644
--- a/Documentation/features/debug/kprobes/arch-support.txt
+++ b/Documentation/features/debug/kprobes/arch-support.txt
@@ -13,7 +13,7 @@
     |        csky: |  ok  |
     |     hexagon: | TODO |
     |        ia64: |  ok  |
-    |   loongarch: | TODO |
+    |   loongarch: |  ok  |
     |        m68k: | TODO |
     |  microblaze: | TODO |
     |        mips: |  ok  |
diff --git a/Documentation/features/debug/kretprobes/arch-support.txt b/Documentation/features/debug/kretprobes/arch-support.txt
index cf4723c5ac55df9cf0b7382a12452e265baa5fc0..61380010a4a769db04298f7f67f1d5c72beb141e 100644
--- a/Documentation/features/debug/kretprobes/arch-support.txt
+++ b/Documentation/features/debug/kretprobes/arch-support.txt
@@ -13,7 +13,7 @@
     |        csky: |  ok  |
     |     hexagon: | TODO |
     |        ia64: |  ok  |
-    |   loongarch: | TODO |
+    |   loongarch: |  ok  |
     |        m68k: | TODO |
     |  microblaze: | TODO |
     |        mips: |  ok  |
diff --git a/Documentation/features/debug/stackprotector/arch-support.txt b/Documentation/features/debug/stackprotector/arch-support.txt
index 71cd4ba18f7df6b0c4eba3cbc2d7cb3cfd789cd7..4c64c5d596f7bc6130994235b0fdd9fc60328e90 100644
--- a/Documentation/features/debug/stackprotector/arch-support.txt
+++ b/Documentation/features/debug/stackprotector/arch-support.txt
@@ -13,7 +13,7 @@
     |        csky: |  ok  |
     |     hexagon: | TODO |
     |        ia64: | TODO |
-    |   loongarch: | TODO |
+    |   loongarch: |  ok  |
     |        m68k: | TODO |
     |  microblaze: | TODO |
     |        mips: |  ok  |
diff --git a/Documentation/features/debug/uprobes/arch-support.txt b/Documentation/features/debug/uprobes/arch-support.txt
index d53f2f94fbda5fda293d4c31b5689a0f97f090d0..24c8423b0abc0d753ffa83262464f088ca6a1882 100644
--- a/Documentation/features/debug/uprobes/arch-support.txt
+++ b/Documentation/features/debug/uprobes/arch-support.txt
@@ -13,7 +13,7 @@
     |        csky: |  ok  |
     |     hexagon: | TODO |
     |        ia64: | TODO |
-    |   loongarch: | TODO |
+    |   loongarch: |  ok  |
     |        m68k: | TODO |
     |  microblaze: | TODO |
     |        mips: |  ok  |
diff --git a/Documentation/features/locking/lockdep/arch-support.txt b/Documentation/features/locking/lockdep/arch-support.txt
index ddb945278589e1d8a616e9d2b0edd2c4aa01b79e..a36e231670d7314a72bb58f1454f709af5e726a4 100644
--- a/Documentation/features/locking/lockdep/arch-support.txt
+++ b/Documentation/features/locking/lockdep/arch-support.txt
@@ -19,7 +19,7 @@
     |        mips: |  ok  |
     |       nios2: | TODO |
     |    openrisc: |  ok  |
-    |      parisc: | TODO |
+    |      parisc: |  ok  |
     |     powerpc: |  ok  |
     |       riscv: |  ok  |
     |        s390: |  ok  |
diff --git a/Documentation/features/vm/ELF-ASLR/arch-support.txt b/Documentation/features/vm/ELF-ASLR/arch-support.txt
index 15164f36f2240816bf444c825e8258d85746d9cf..47909c3dd602f86bbc53050abbf2e10f83b9821c 100644
--- a/Documentation/features/vm/ELF-ASLR/arch-support.txt
+++ b/Documentation/features/vm/ELF-ASLR/arch-support.txt
@@ -1,6 +1,7 @@
 #
 # Feature name:          ELF-ASLR
 #         Kconfig:       ARCH_HAS_ELF_RANDOMIZE
+#         Kconfig:       ARCH_WANT_DEFAULT_TOPDOWN_MMAP_LAYOUT
 #         description:   arch randomizes the stack, heap and binary images of ELF binaries
 #
     -----------------------
@@ -10,10 +11,10 @@
     |         arc: | TODO |
     |         arm: |  ok  |
     |       arm64: |  ok  |
-    |        csky: | TODO |
+    |        csky: |  ok  |
     |     hexagon: | TODO |
     |        ia64: | TODO |
-    |   loongarch: | TODO |
+    |   loongarch: |  ok  |
     |        m68k: | TODO |
     |  microblaze: | TODO |
     |        mips: |  ok  |
diff --git a/Documentation/filesystems/9p.rst b/Documentation/filesystems/9p.rst
index 1b5f0cc3e4cafd03a769be7ad9ce00f5c6fa7bab..1e0e0bb6fdf912903d03b9ed52839d7b00226cf6 100644
--- a/Documentation/filesystems/9p.rst
+++ b/Documentation/filesystems/9p.rst
@@ -79,7 +79,7 @@ Options
 
   cache=mode	specifies a caching policy.  By default, no caches are used.
 		The mode can be specified as a bitmask or by using one of the
-		prexisting common 'shortcuts'.
+		preexisting common 'shortcuts'.
 		The bitmask is described below: (unspecified bits are reserved)
 
 			==========  ====================================================
diff --git a/Documentation/filesystems/afs.rst b/Documentation/filesystems/afs.rst
index ca062a7f8ee2d0e6a61c9d7a5bde1e6c25d32ab8..f15ba388bbde79b3e4a17d07be3494503392e9c7 100644
--- a/Documentation/filesystems/afs.rst
+++ b/Documentation/filesystems/afs.rst
@@ -44,7 +44,7 @@ options::
 
 	CONFIG_AF_RXRPC		- The RxRPC protocol transport
 	CONFIG_RXKAD		- The RxRPC Kerberos security handler
-	CONFIG_AFS		- The AFS filesystem
+	CONFIG_AFS_FS		- The AFS filesystem
 
 Additionally, the following can be turned on to aid debugging::
 
diff --git a/Documentation/filesystems/befs.rst b/Documentation/filesystems/befs.rst
index 79f9740d76ffcad9b0a0061f4635a44ef0e03cfa..a22f603b2938eaad951565ec9de2b3c7b335e178 100644
--- a/Documentation/filesystems/befs.rst
+++ b/Documentation/filesystems/befs.rst
@@ -106,8 +106,8 @@ iocharset=xxx  Use xxx as the name of the NLS translation table.
 debug          The driver will output debugging information to the syslog.
 =============  ===========================================================
 
-How to Get Lastest Version
-==========================
+How to Get Latest Version
+=========================
 
 The latest version is currently available at:
 <http://befs-driver.sourceforge.net/>
diff --git a/Documentation/filesystems/caching/cachefiles.rst b/Documentation/filesystems/caching/cachefiles.rst
index fc7abf712315aa23b6ca97cd87e55ccac112839a..e04a27bdbe19ce2b3dd474e069031cede57ba13f 100644
--- a/Documentation/filesystems/caching/cachefiles.rst
+++ b/Documentation/filesystems/caching/cachefiles.rst
@@ -416,7 +416,7 @@ process is the target of an operation by some other process (SIGKILL for
 example).
 
 The subjective security holds the active security properties of a process, and
-may be overridden.  This is not seen externally, and is used whan a process
+may be overridden.  This is not seen externally, and is used when a process
 acts upon another object, for example SIGKILLing another process or opening a
 file.
 
diff --git a/Documentation/filesystems/caching/netfs-api.rst b/Documentation/filesystems/caching/netfs-api.rst
index 1d18e9def183ee3d2d3bca5697054b3b497120e3..665b27f1556e2ec7752dc867db30217f684088c4 100644
--- a/Documentation/filesystems/caching/netfs-api.rst
+++ b/Documentation/filesystems/caching/netfs-api.rst
@@ -59,7 +59,7 @@ A filesystem would typically have a volume cookie for each superblock.
 
 The filesystem then acquires a cookie for each file within that volume using an
 object key.  Object keys are binary blobs and only need to be unique within
-their parent volume.  The cache backend is reponsible for rendering the binary
+their parent volume.  The cache backend is responsible for rendering the binary
 blob into something it can use and may employ hash tables, trees or whatever to
 improve its ability to find an object.  This is transparent to the network
 filesystem.
@@ -91,7 +91,7 @@ actually required and it can use the fscache I/O API directly.
 Volume Registration
 ===================
 
-The first step for a network filsystem is to acquire a volume cookie for the
+The first step for a network filesystem is to acquire a volume cookie for the
 volume it wants to access::
 
 	struct fscache_volume *
@@ -119,7 +119,7 @@ is provided.  If the coherency data doesn't match, the entire cache volume will
 be invalidated.
 
 This function can return errors such as EBUSY if the volume key is already in
-use by an acquired volume or ENOMEM if an allocation failure occured.  It may
+use by an acquired volume or ENOMEM if an allocation failure occurred.  It may
 also return a NULL volume cookie if fscache is not enabled.  It is safe to
 pass a NULL cookie to any function that takes a volume cookie.  This will
 cause that function to do nothing.
diff --git a/Documentation/filesystems/configfs.rst b/Documentation/filesystems/configfs.rst
index 8c9342ed6d257b30d5c284379897c85b8dedf86f..ac22138de6a4f594ed5fb64e720d37a678f406e8 100644
--- a/Documentation/filesystems/configfs.rst
+++ b/Documentation/filesystems/configfs.rst
@@ -253,7 +253,7 @@ to be used.
 If binary attribute is readable and the config_item provides a
 ct_item_ops->read_bin_attribute() method, that method will be called
 whenever userspace asks for a read(2) on the attribute.  The converse
-will happen for write(2). The reads/writes are bufferred so only a
+will happen for write(2). The reads/writes are buffered so only a
 single read/write will occur; the attributes' need not concern itself
 with it.
 
diff --git a/Documentation/filesystems/dax.rst b/Documentation/filesystems/dax.rst
index c04609d8ee243297c974a939c46062bdbb6a4de1..719e90f1988e7a37cecac4ca50aeade47e6b4612 100644
--- a/Documentation/filesystems/dax.rst
+++ b/Documentation/filesystems/dax.rst
@@ -291,7 +291,7 @@ The DAX code does not work correctly on architectures which have virtually
 mapped caches such as ARM, MIPS and SPARC.
 
 Calling :c:func:`get_user_pages()` on a range of user memory that has been
-mmaped from a `DAX` file will fail when there are no 'struct page' to describe
+mmapped from a `DAX` file will fail when there are no 'struct page' to describe
 those pages.  This problem has been addressed in some device drivers
 by adding optional struct page support for pages under the control of
 the driver (see `CONFIG_NVDIMM_PFN` in ``drivers/nvdimm`` for an example of
diff --git a/Documentation/filesystems/devpts.rst b/Documentation/filesystems/devpts.rst
index a03248ddfb4cd8d21250db1afcbb558374815b46..b6324ab1960d013533c5a467be24fcbfff29269e 100644
--- a/Documentation/filesystems/devpts.rst
+++ b/Documentation/filesystems/devpts.rst
@@ -5,8 +5,8 @@ The Devpts Filesystem
 =====================
 
 Each mount of the devpts filesystem is now distinct such that ptys
-and their indicies allocated in one mount are independent from ptys
-and their indicies in all other mounts.
+and their indices allocated in one mount are independent from ptys
+and their indices in all other mounts.
 
 All mounts of the devpts filesystem now create a ``/dev/pts/ptmx`` node
 with permissions ``0000``.
diff --git a/Documentation/filesystems/ext4/super.rst b/Documentation/filesystems/ext4/super.rst
index 0152888cac29b0bc0f9dc80fc3f63ae4f1bebe6e..a1eb4a11a1d0f97fe3a34fcbfe01856aaf1d3ef4 100644
--- a/Documentation/filesystems/ext4/super.rst
+++ b/Documentation/filesystems/ext4/super.rst
@@ -772,7 +772,7 @@ The ``s_default_mount_opts`` field is any combination of the following:
    * - 0x0010
      - Do not support 32-bit UIDs. (EXT4_DEFM_UID16)
    * - 0x0020
-     - All data and metadata are commited to the journal.
+     - All data and metadata are committed to the journal.
        (EXT4_DEFM_JMODE_DATA)
    * - 0x0040
      - All data are flushed to the disk before metadata are committed to the
diff --git a/Documentation/filesystems/f2fs.rst b/Documentation/filesystems/f2fs.rst
index 9359978a5af26019ed43ace34c7da3b0055f37ff..d32c6209685d64bae996ed110ea9cfe7543fa14c 100644
--- a/Documentation/filesystems/f2fs.rst
+++ b/Documentation/filesystems/f2fs.rst
@@ -359,7 +359,7 @@ errors=%s		 Specify f2fs behavior on critical errors. This supports modes:
 			 ====================== =============== =============== ========
 			 mode			continue	remount-ro	panic
 			 ====================== =============== =============== ========
-			 access ops		normal		noraml		N/A
+			 access ops		normal		normal		N/A
 			 syscall errors		-EIO		-EROFS		N/A
 			 mount option		rw		ro		N/A
 			 pending dir write	keep		keep		N/A
@@ -480,7 +480,7 @@ Note: please refer to the manpage of dump.f2fs(8) to get full option list.
 
 sload.f2fs
 ----------
-The sload.f2fs gives a way to insert files and directories in the exisiting disk
+The sload.f2fs gives a way to insert files and directories in the existing disk
 image. This tool is useful when building f2fs images given compiled files.
 
 Note: please refer to the manpage of sload.f2fs(8) to get full option list.
@@ -792,7 +792,7 @@ Allocating disk space
     as a method of optimally implementing that function.
 
 However, once F2FS receives ioctl(fd, F2FS_IOC_SET_PIN_FILE) in prior to
-fallocate(fd, DEFAULT_MODE), it allocates on-disk block addressess having
+fallocate(fd, DEFAULT_MODE), it allocates on-disk block addresses having
 zero or random data, which is useful to the below scenario where:
 
  1. create(fd)
diff --git a/Documentation/filesystems/gfs2-glocks.rst b/Documentation/filesystems/gfs2-glocks.rst
index d14f230f0b1234ea035dbba93fd5229707ef95d7..bec25c8b3e4b5cbd318ab6b65ef45e45227607fb 100644
--- a/Documentation/filesystems/gfs2-glocks.rst
+++ b/Documentation/filesystems/gfs2-glocks.rst
@@ -78,7 +78,7 @@ The minimum hold time for each lock is the time after a remote lock
 grant for which we ignore remote demote requests. This is in order to
 prevent a situation where locks are being bounced around the cluster
 from node to node with none of the nodes making any progress. This
-tends to show up most with shared mmaped files which are being written
+tends to show up most with shared mmapped files which are being written
 to by multiple nodes. By delaying the demotion in response to a
 remote callback, that gives the userspace program time to make
 some progress before the pages are unmapped.
diff --git a/Documentation/filesystems/idmappings.rst b/Documentation/filesystems/idmappings.rst
index d095c5838f94de0de6e63c1da1a45ff936d84d60..ac0af679e61e5ceabdc6825e1e14260b1f188a83 100644
--- a/Documentation/filesystems/idmappings.rst
+++ b/Documentation/filesystems/idmappings.rst
@@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ and write down the mappings it will generate::
 From a mathematical viewpoint ``U`` and ``K`` are well-ordered sets and an
 idmapping is an order isomorphism from ``U`` into ``K``. So ``U`` and ``K`` are
 order isomorphic. In fact, ``U`` and ``K`` are always well-ordered subsets of
-the set of all possible ids useable on a given system.
+the set of all possible ids usable on a given system.
 
 Looking at this mathematically briefly will help us highlight some properties
 that make it easier to understand how we can translate between idmappings. For
@@ -47,7 +47,7 @@ example, we know that the inverse idmapping is an order isomorphism as well::
  k10002 -> u24
 
 Given that we are dealing with order isomorphisms plus the fact that we're
-dealing with subsets we can embedd idmappings into each other, i.e. we can
+dealing with subsets we can embed idmappings into each other, i.e. we can
 sensibly translate between different idmappings. For example, assume we've been
 given the three idmappings::
 
@@ -60,7 +60,7 @@ and id ``k11000`` which has been generated by the first idmapping by mapping
 
 Because we're dealing with order isomorphic subsets it is meaningful to ask
 what id ``k11000`` corresponds to in the second or third idmapping. The
-straightfoward algorithm to use is to apply the inverse of the first idmapping,
+straightforward algorithm to use is to apply the inverse of the first idmapping,
 mapping ``k11000`` up to ``u1000``. Afterwards, we can map ``u1000`` down using
 either the second idmapping mapping or third idmapping mapping. The second
 idmapping would map ``u1000`` down to ``21000``. The third idmapping would map
@@ -368,7 +368,7 @@ So with the second step the kernel guarantees that a valid userspace id can be
 written to disk. If it can't the kernel will refuse the creation request to not
 even remotely risk filesystem corruption.
 
-The astute reader will have realized that this is simply a varation of the
+The astute reader will have realized that this is simply a variation of the
 crossmapping algorithm we mentioned above in a previous section. First, the
 kernel maps the caller's userspace id down into a kernel id according to the
 caller's idmapping and then maps that kernel id up according to the
@@ -466,7 +466,7 @@ the kernel id that was created in the caller's idmapping. This has mainly two
 consequences.
 
 First, that we can't allow a caller to ultimately write to disk with another
-userspace id. We could only do this if we were to mount the whole fileystem
+userspace id. We could only do this if we were to mount the whole filesystem
 with the caller's or another idmapping. But that solution is limited to a few
 filesystems and not very flexible. But this is a use-case that is pretty
 important in containerized workloads.
@@ -597,7 +597,7 @@ on their work machine.
 
 In both cases changing ownership recursively has grave implications. The most
 obvious one is that ownership is changed globally and permanently. In the home
-directory case this change in ownership would even need to happen everytime the
+directory case this change in ownership would even need to happen every time the
 user switches from their home to their work machine. For really large sets of
 files this becomes increasingly costly.
 
@@ -670,7 +670,7 @@ use the ``vfsuid_into_kuid()`` and ``vfsgid_into_kgid()`` helpers.
 To illustrate why this helper currently exists, consider what happens when we
 change ownership of an inode from an idmapped mount. After we generated
 a ``vfsuid_t`` or ``vfsgid_t`` based on the mount idmapping we later commit to
-this ``vfsuid_t`` or ``vfsgid_t`` to become the new filesytem wide ownership.
+this ``vfsuid_t`` or ``vfsgid_t`` to become the new filesystem wide ownership.
 Thus, we are turning the ``vfsuid_t`` or ``vfsgid_t`` into a global ``kuid_t``
 or ``kgid_t``. And this can be done by using ``vfsuid_into_kuid()`` and
 ``vfsgid_into_kgid()``.
diff --git a/Documentation/filesystems/locking.rst b/Documentation/filesystems/locking.rst
index 2fd01b9aaceda2da6c40c41bbe8895dedf549558..7be2900806c85330b9589f32e4a887b0b6857fde 100644
--- a/Documentation/filesystems/locking.rst
+++ b/Documentation/filesystems/locking.rst
@@ -518,7 +518,6 @@ prototypes::
 	ssize_t (*read_iter) (struct kiocb *, struct iov_iter *);
 	ssize_t (*write_iter) (struct kiocb *, struct iov_iter *);
 	int (*iopoll) (struct kiocb *kiocb, bool spin);
-	int (*iterate) (struct file *, struct dir_context *);
 	int (*iterate_shared) (struct file *, struct dir_context *);
 	__poll_t (*poll) (struct file *, struct poll_table_struct *);
 	long (*unlocked_ioctl) (struct file *, unsigned int, unsigned long);
diff --git a/Documentation/filesystems/netfs_library.rst b/Documentation/filesystems/netfs_library.rst
index 73a4176144b3b80aff4db87bd4ab3bd8e96c35c4..48b95d04f72d5a25df0de37ac87a52d8f7471998 100644
--- a/Documentation/filesystems/netfs_library.rst
+++ b/Documentation/filesystems/netfs_library.rst
@@ -155,7 +155,7 @@ conflicting writes or track dirty data and needs to put the acquired folio if
 an error occurs after calling the helper.
 
 The helpers manage the read request, calling back into the network filesystem
-through the suppplied table of operations.  Waits will be performed as
+through the supplied table of operations.  Waits will be performed as
 necessary before returning for helpers that are meant to be synchronous.
 
 If an error occurs, the ->free_request() will be called to clean up the
diff --git a/Documentation/filesystems/nfs/client-identifier.rst b/Documentation/filesystems/nfs/client-identifier.rst
index a94c7a9748d794d4c4c066206048d8d9c180ce5d..4804441155f518b44b7c8e83300e41d3ee6209d3 100644
--- a/Documentation/filesystems/nfs/client-identifier.rst
+++ b/Documentation/filesystems/nfs/client-identifier.rst
@@ -131,7 +131,7 @@ deployments, this construction is usually adequate. Often, however,
 the node name by itself is not adequately unique, and can change
 unexpectedly. Problematic situations include:
 
-  - NFS-root (diskless) clients, where the local DCHP server (or
+  - NFS-root (diskless) clients, where the local DHCP server (or
     equivalent) does not provide a unique host name.
 
   - "Containers" within a single Linux host.  If each container has
diff --git a/Documentation/filesystems/nfs/rpc-cache.rst b/Documentation/filesystems/nfs/rpc-cache.rst
index bb164eea969bd4315d1efc0c883254bb2e9511aa..339efd75016a2e5c2bffd75e3870351d8c317a90 100644
--- a/Documentation/filesystems/nfs/rpc-cache.rst
+++ b/Documentation/filesystems/nfs/rpc-cache.rst
@@ -78,7 +78,7 @@ Creating a Cache
       include taking references to shared objects.
 
     void update(struct cache_head \*orig, struct cache_head \*new)
-      Set the 'content' fileds in 'new' from 'orig'.
+      Set the 'content' fields in 'new' from 'orig'.
 
     int cache_show(struct seq_file \*m, struct cache_detail \*cd, struct cache_head \*h)
       Optional.  Used to provide a /proc file that lists the
diff --git a/Documentation/filesystems/nfs/rpc-server-gss.rst b/Documentation/filesystems/nfs/rpc-server-gss.rst
index ccaea9e7cea250fa496cef05f9dff860585c60e4..5c1a1c58fc27e3e2ced04f13bfd77f4b98887bb5 100644
--- a/Documentation/filesystems/nfs/rpc-server-gss.rst
+++ b/Documentation/filesystems/nfs/rpc-server-gss.rst
@@ -29,7 +29,7 @@ The Linux kernel, at the moment, supports only the KRB5 mechanism, and
 depends on GSSAPI extensions that are KRB5 specific.
 
 GSSAPI is a complex library, and implementing it completely in kernel is
-unwarranted. However GSSAPI operations are fundementally separable in 2
+unwarranted. However GSSAPI operations are fundamentally separable in 2
 parts:
 
 - initial context establishment
diff --git a/Documentation/filesystems/nilfs2.rst b/Documentation/filesystems/nilfs2.rst
index 6c49f04e9e0a95020f1b2e099d57105cfafd01ca..e3a5c8977f2cc2a3a265305a8ec44a00dc212105 100644
--- a/Documentation/filesystems/nilfs2.rst
+++ b/Documentation/filesystems/nilfs2.rst
@@ -231,7 +231,7 @@ file structures (nilfs_finfo), and per block structures (nilfs_binfo)::
 
 
 The logs include regular files, directory files, symbolic link files
-and several meta data files.  The mata data files are the files used
+and several meta data files.  The meta data files are the files used
 to maintain file system meta data.  The current version of NILFS2 uses
 the following meta data files::
 
diff --git a/Documentation/filesystems/ntfs3.rst b/Documentation/filesystems/ntfs3.rst
index f0cf05cad2ba97827568c621051ff15783a82ac8..2b86a9b3a6de30477cfb79a2fa9101d5faf38523 100644
--- a/Documentation/filesystems/ntfs3.rst
+++ b/Documentation/filesystems/ntfs3.rst
@@ -112,7 +112,7 @@ this table marked with no it means default is without **no**.
 Todo list
 =========
 - Full journaling support over JBD. Currently journal replaying is supported
-  which is not necessarily as effectice as JBD would be.
+  which is not necessarily as effective as JBD would be.
 
 References
 ==========
diff --git a/Documentation/filesystems/orangefs.rst b/Documentation/filesystems/orangefs.rst
index 463e37694250ada04c5bfeeaa798525f1a2e5325..931159e61796c7ac6465c48d641d458f7957e23a 100644
--- a/Documentation/filesystems/orangefs.rst
+++ b/Documentation/filesystems/orangefs.rst
@@ -274,7 +274,7 @@ then contains:
     of kcalloced memory. This memory is used as an array of pointers
     to each of the pages in the IO buffer through a call to get_user_pages.
   * desc_array - a pointer to ``desc_count * (sizeof(struct orangefs_bufmap_desc))``
-    bytes of kcalloced memory. This memory is further intialized:
+    bytes of kcalloced memory. This memory is further initialized:
 
       user_desc is the kernel's copy of the IO buffer's ORANGEFS_dev_map_desc
       structure. user_desc->ptr points to the IO buffer.
diff --git a/Documentation/filesystems/overlayfs.rst b/Documentation/filesystems/overlayfs.rst
index 35853906accb381738c96af27bc4e3e789ac658a..cdefbe73d85c8a04261839a287badac3253b47cb 100644
--- a/Documentation/filesystems/overlayfs.rst
+++ b/Documentation/filesystems/overlayfs.rst
@@ -195,7 +195,7 @@ handle it in two different ways:
 
 1. return EXDEV error: this error is returned by rename(2) when trying to
    move a file or directory across filesystem boundaries.  Hence
-   applications are usually prepared to hande this error (mv(1) for example
+   applications are usually prepared to handle this error (mv(1) for example
    recursively copies the directory tree).  This is the default behavior.
 
 2. If the "redirect_dir" feature is enabled, then the directory will be
@@ -235,7 +235,7 @@ Mount options:
     Redirects are not created and not followed.
 - "redirect_dir=off":
     If "redirect_always_follow" is enabled in the kernel/module config,
-    this "off" traslates to "follow", otherwise it translates to "nofollow".
+    this "off" translates to "follow", otherwise it translates to "nofollow".
 
 When the NFS export feature is enabled, every copied up directory is
 indexed by the file handle of the lower inode and a file handle of the
diff --git a/Documentation/filesystems/porting.rst b/Documentation/filesystems/porting.rst
index 98969d713e2e5ce6c2cb5ec2376c0a04105687d1..deac4e973ddc12d326ee9e6874ed90456206f5db 100644
--- a/Documentation/filesystems/porting.rst
+++ b/Documentation/filesystems/porting.rst
@@ -177,7 +177,7 @@ settles down a bit.
 **mandatory**
 
 s_export_op is now required for exporting a filesystem.
-isofs, ext2, ext3, resierfs, fat
+isofs, ext2, ext3, reiserfs, fat
 can be used as examples of very different filesystems.
 
 ---
@@ -470,7 +470,7 @@ has been taken to VFS and filesystems need to provide a non-NULL
 **mandatory**
 
 If you implement your own ->llseek() you must handle SEEK_HOLE and
-SEEK_DATA.  You can hanle this by returning -EINVAL, but it would be nicer to
+SEEK_DATA.  You can handle this by returning -EINVAL, but it would be nicer to
 support it in some way.  The generic handler assumes that the entire file is
 data and there is a virtual hole at the end of the file.  So if the provided
 offset is less than i_size and SEEK_DATA is specified, return the same offset.
@@ -517,7 +517,7 @@ The witch is dead!  Well, 2/3 of it, anyway.  ->d_revalidate() and
 
 ->create() doesn't take ``struct nameidata *``; unlike the previous
 two, it gets "is it an O_EXCL or equivalent?" boolean argument.  Note that
-local filesystems can ignore tha argument - they are guaranteed that the
+local filesystems can ignore this argument - they are guaranteed that the
 object doesn't exist.  It's remote/distributed ones that might care...
 
 ---
diff --git a/Documentation/filesystems/proc.rst b/Documentation/filesystems/proc.rst
index 7897a7dafcbc18caac24bbe9345162f611d111ce..d6109c78a228c66b389db0f6ab80b0675ef9074a 100644
--- a/Documentation/filesystems/proc.rst
+++ b/Documentation/filesystems/proc.rst
@@ -507,12 +507,12 @@ pressure if the memory is clean. Please note that the printed value might
 be lower than the real value due to optimizations used in the current
 implementation. If this is not desirable please file a bug report.
 
-"AnonHugePages" shows the ammount of memory backed by transparent hugepage.
+"AnonHugePages" shows the amount of memory backed by transparent hugepage.
 
-"ShmemPmdMapped" shows the ammount of shared (shmem/tmpfs) memory backed by
+"ShmemPmdMapped" shows the amount of shared (shmem/tmpfs) memory backed by
 huge pages.
 
-"Shared_Hugetlb" and "Private_Hugetlb" show the ammounts of memory backed by
+"Shared_Hugetlb" and "Private_Hugetlb" show the amounts of memory backed by
 hugetlbfs page which is *not* counted in "RSS" or "PSS" field for historical
 reasons. And these are not included in {Shared,Private}_{Clean,Dirty} field.
 
@@ -561,7 +561,7 @@ encoded manner. The codes are the following:
     mm    mixed map area
     hg    huge page advise flag
     nh    no huge page advise flag
-    mg    mergable advise flag
+    mg    mergeable advise flag
     bt    arm64 BTI guarded page
     mt    arm64 MTE allocation tags are enabled
     um    userfaultfd missing tracking
@@ -1081,7 +1081,7 @@ Writeback
 AnonPages
               Non-file backed pages mapped into userspace page tables
 Mapped
-              files which have been mmaped, such as libraries
+              files which have been mmapped, such as libraries
 Shmem
               Total memory used by shared memory (shmem) and tmpfs
 KReclaimable
@@ -2229,7 +2229,7 @@ are not related to tasks.
 Chapter 5: Filesystem behavior
 ==============================
 
-Originally, before the advent of pid namepsace, procfs was a global file
+Originally, before the advent of pid namespace, procfs was a global file
 system. It means that there was only one procfs instance in the system.
 
 When pid namespace was added, a separate procfs instance was mounted in
diff --git a/Documentation/filesystems/qnx6.rst b/Documentation/filesystems/qnx6.rst
index 523b798f04e75f3084cfc28b2d635e697b5aeb93..560f3d4704227bf1326cd118c49810c1e3486585 100644
--- a/Documentation/filesystems/qnx6.rst
+++ b/Documentation/filesystems/qnx6.rst
@@ -135,7 +135,7 @@ inode.
 
 Character and block special devices do not exist in QNX as those files
 are handled by the QNX kernel/drivers and created in /dev independent of the
-underlaying filesystem.
+underlying filesystem.
 
 Long filenames
 --------------
diff --git a/Documentation/filesystems/seq_file.rst b/Documentation/filesystems/seq_file.rst
index a6726082a7c2571061a55b4577b320514e59c12d..1e1713d00010126b7dc9c47874e645038e6b20f4 100644
--- a/Documentation/filesystems/seq_file.rst
+++ b/Documentation/filesystems/seq_file.rst
@@ -130,7 +130,7 @@ called SEQ_START_TOKEN; it can be used if you wish to instruct your
 show() function (described below) to print a header at the top of the
 output. SEQ_START_TOKEN should only be used if the offset is zero,
 however.  SEQ_START_TOKEN has no special meaning to the core seq_file
-code.  It is provided as a convenience for a start() funciton to
+code.  It is provided as a convenience for a start() function to
 communicate with the next() and show() functions.
 
 The next function to implement is called, amazingly, next(); its job is to
@@ -217,7 +217,7 @@ between the calls to start() and stop(), so holding a lock during that time
 is a reasonable thing to do. The seq_file code will also avoid taking any
 other locks while the iterator is active.
 
-The iterater value returned by start() or next() is guaranteed to be
+The iterator value returned by start() or next() is guaranteed to be
 passed to a subsequent next() or stop() call.  This allows resources
 such as locks that were taken to be reliably released.  There is *no*
 guarantee that the iterator will be passed to show(), though in practice
diff --git a/Documentation/filesystems/ubifs-authentication.rst b/Documentation/filesystems/ubifs-authentication.rst
index 5210aed2afbc34268dd309f2f5a39d7671296aa8..3d85ee88719a6c00fc5985555fed050522fe3905 100644
--- a/Documentation/filesystems/ubifs-authentication.rst
+++ b/Documentation/filesystems/ubifs-authentication.rst
@@ -130,7 +130,7 @@ marked as dirty are written to the flash to update the persisted index.
 Journal
 ~~~~~~~
 
-To avoid wearing out the flash, the index is only persisted (*commited*) when
+To avoid wearing out the flash, the index is only persisted (*committed*) when
 certain conditions are met (eg. ``fsync(2)``). The journal is used to record
 any changes (in form of inode nodes, data nodes etc.) between commits
 of the index. During mount, the journal is read from the flash and replayed
diff --git a/Documentation/filesystems/vfat.rst b/Documentation/filesystems/vfat.rst
index 760a4d83fdf9273fe3702d4ff1c181bd8cf1137a..b289c4449cd0c2026b1742a2e2039efca780de9d 100644
--- a/Documentation/filesystems/vfat.rst
+++ b/Documentation/filesystems/vfat.rst
@@ -50,7 +50,7 @@ VFAT MOUNT OPTIONS
 	Normally utime(2) checks current process is owner of
 	the file, or it has CAP_FOWNER capability. But FAT
 	filesystem doesn't have uid/gid on disk, so normal
-	check is too unflexible. With this option you can
+	check is too inflexible. With this option you can
 	relax it.
 
 **codepage=###**
diff --git a/Documentation/filesystems/vfs.rst b/Documentation/filesystems/vfs.rst
index f8fe815ab1f3ab7ab13fd808239e917b826f47e4..99acc2e9867391a917269bfb4a5fb0a3f940bc7e 100644
--- a/Documentation/filesystems/vfs.rst
+++ b/Documentation/filesystems/vfs.rst
@@ -767,7 +767,7 @@ is an error during writeback, they expect that error to be reported when
 a file sync request is made.  After an error has been reported on one
 request, subsequent requests on the same file descriptor should return
 0, unless further writeback errors have occurred since the previous file
-syncronization.
+synchronization.
 
 Ideally, the kernel would report errors only on file descriptions on
 which writes were done that subsequently failed to be written back.  The
@@ -1080,7 +1080,6 @@ This describes how the VFS can manipulate an open file.  As of kernel
 		ssize_t (*read_iter) (struct kiocb *, struct iov_iter *);
 		ssize_t (*write_iter) (struct kiocb *, struct iov_iter *);
 		int (*iopoll)(struct kiocb *kiocb, bool spin);
-		int (*iterate) (struct file *, struct dir_context *);
 		int (*iterate_shared) (struct file *, struct dir_context *);
 		__poll_t (*poll) (struct file *, struct poll_table_struct *);
 		long (*unlocked_ioctl) (struct file *, unsigned int, unsigned long);
@@ -1132,12 +1131,8 @@ otherwise noted.
 ``iopoll``
 	called when aio wants to poll for completions on HIPRI iocbs
 
-``iterate``
-	called when the VFS needs to read the directory contents
-
 ``iterate_shared``
-	called when the VFS needs to read the directory contents when
-	filesystem supports concurrent dir iterators
+	called when the VFS needs to read the directory contents
 
 ``poll``
 	called by the VFS when a process wants to check if there is
diff --git a/Documentation/filesystems/xfs-online-fsck-design.rst b/Documentation/filesystems/xfs-online-fsck-design.rst
index 791ab264b77e1cddf0fa65f37cfa9a094cadc7e4..1625d1131093edb797fcd7c49f2cc724847c1467 100644
--- a/Documentation/filesystems/xfs-online-fsck-design.rst
+++ b/Documentation/filesystems/xfs-online-fsck-design.rst
@@ -293,7 +293,7 @@ The seven phases are as follows:
    Before starting repairs, the summary counters are checked and any necessary
    repairs are performed so that subsequent repairs will not fail the resource
    reservation step due to wildly incorrect summary counters.
-   Unsuccesful repairs are requeued as long as forward progress on repairs is
+   Unsuccessful repairs are requeued as long as forward progress on repairs is
    made somewhere in the filesystem.
    Free space in the filesystem is trimmed at the end of phase 4 if the
    filesystem is clean.
@@ -542,7 +542,7 @@ ondisk structure.
 
 Inspiration for quota and file link count repair strategies were drawn from
 sections 2.12 ("Online Index Operations") through 2.14 ("Incremental View
-Maintenace") of G.  Graefe, `"Concurrent Queries and Updates in Summary Views
+Maintenance") of G.  Graefe, `"Concurrent Queries and Updates in Summary Views
 and Their Indexes"
 <http://www.odbms.org/wp-content/uploads/2014/06/Increment-locks.pdf>`_, 2011.
 
@@ -605,7 +605,7 @@ functionality.
   The cron job does not have this protection.
 
 - **Fuzz Kiddiez**: There are many people now who seem to think that running
-  automated fuzz testing of ondisk artifacts to find mischevious behavior and
+  automated fuzz testing of ondisk artifacts to find mischievous behavior and
   spraying exploit code onto the public mailing list for instant zero-day
   disclosure is somehow of some social benefit.
   In the view of this author, the benefit is realized only when the fuzz
@@ -1351,7 +1351,7 @@ If the leaf information exceeds a single filesystem block, a dabtree (also
 rooted at block 0) is created to map hashes of the attribute names to leaf
 blocks in the attr fork.
 
-Checking an extended attribute structure is not so straightfoward due to the
+Checking an extended attribute structure is not so straightforward due to the
 lack of separation between attr blocks and index blocks.
 Scrub must read each block mapped by the attr fork and ignore the non-leaf
 blocks:
@@ -1401,7 +1401,7 @@ If the free space has been separated and the second partition grows again
 beyond one block, then a dabtree is used to map hashes of dirent names to
 directory data blocks.
 
-Checking a directory is pretty straightfoward:
+Checking a directory is pretty straightforward:
 
 1. Walk the dabtree in the second partition (if present) to ensure that there
    are no irregularities in the blocks or dabtree mappings that do not point to
@@ -1524,7 +1524,7 @@ Only online fsck has this requirement of total consistency of AG metadata, and
 should be relatively rare as compared to filesystem change operations.
 Online fsck coordinates with transaction chains as follows:
 
-* For each AG, maintain a count of intent items targetting that AG.
+* For each AG, maintain a count of intent items targeting that AG.
   The count should be bumped whenever a new item is added to the chain.
   The count should be dropped when the filesystem has locked the AG header
   buffers and finished the work.
@@ -2102,7 +2102,7 @@ quicksort and a heapsort subalgorithm in the spirit of
 kernel.
 To sort records in a reasonably short amount of time, ``xfarray`` takes
 advantage of the binary subpartitioning offered by quicksort, but it also uses
-heapsort to hedge aginst performance collapse if the chosen quicksort pivots
+heapsort to hedge against performance collapse if the chosen quicksort pivots
 are poor.
 Both algorithms are (in general) O(n * lg(n)), but there is a wide performance
 gulf between the two implementations.
@@ -2566,8 +2566,8 @@ old metadata blocks:
 The transaction rolling in steps 2c and 3 represent a weakness in the repair
 algorithm, because a log flush and a crash before the end of the reap step can
 result in space leaking.
-Online repair functions minimize the chances of this occuring by using very
-large transactions, which each can accomodate many thousands of block freeing
+Online repair functions minimize the chances of this occurring by using very
+large transactions, which each can accommodate many thousands of block freeing
 instructions.
 Repair moves on to reaping the old blocks, which will be presented in a
 subsequent :ref:`section<reaping>` after a few case studies of bulk loading.
@@ -5090,7 +5090,7 @@ This scan after validation of all filesystem metadata (except for the summary
 counters) as phase 6.
 The scan starts by calling ``FS_IOC_GETFSMAP`` to scan the filesystem space map
 to find areas that are allocated to file data fork extents.
-Gaps betweeen data fork extents that are smaller than 64k are treated as if
+Gaps between data fork extents that are smaller than 64k are treated as if
 they were data fork extents to reduce the command setup overhead.
 When the space map scan accumulates a region larger than 32MB, a media
 verification request is sent to the disk as a directio read of the raw block
diff --git a/Documentation/filesystems/zonefs.rst b/Documentation/filesystems/zonefs.rst
index 394b9f15dce059348673453000fa3c8f5ac5062f..c22124c2213d5dc48140c65e8e1211d3d175cf12 100644
--- a/Documentation/filesystems/zonefs.rst
+++ b/Documentation/filesystems/zonefs.rst
@@ -378,7 +378,7 @@ The attributes defined are as follows.
   sequential zone files.  Failure to do so can result in write errors.
 * **max_active_seq_files**:  This attribute reports the maximum number of
   sequential zone files that are in an active state, that is, sequential zone
-  files that are partially writen (not empty nor full) or that have a zone that
+  files that are partially written (not empty nor full) or that have a zone that
   is explicitly open (which happens only if the *explicit-open* mount option is
   used).  This number is always equal to the maximum number of active zones that
   the device supports.  A value of 0 means that the mounted device has no limit
diff --git a/Documentation/firmware-guide/acpi/osi.rst b/Documentation/firmware-guide/acpi/osi.rst
index 784850adfcb674bb5b5e5b09b2b86107d1b5dd50..868a0a40bb76f1494bcf8e53bfc2307b8d7eb2b6 100644
--- a/Documentation/firmware-guide/acpi/osi.rst
+++ b/Documentation/firmware-guide/acpi/osi.rst
@@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ quirk, a bug, or a bug-fix.
 
 However this was discovered to be abused by other BIOS vendors to change
 completely unrelated code on completely unrelated systems.  This prompted
-an evaluation of all of it's uses. This uncovered that they aren't needed
+an evaluation of all of its uses. This uncovered that they aren't needed
 for any of the original reasons. As such, the kernel will not respond to
 any custom Linux-* strings by default.
 
diff --git a/Documentation/gpu/amdgpu/display/mpo-overview.rst b/Documentation/gpu/amdgpu/display/mpo-overview.rst
index 0499aa92d08dd1b9585df81a459329fcdf70d44b..59a4f54a3ac7d4506b3a28331c90bef5a046157a 100644
--- a/Documentation/gpu/amdgpu/display/mpo-overview.rst
+++ b/Documentation/gpu/amdgpu/display/mpo-overview.rst
@@ -178,7 +178,7 @@ Multiple Display MPO
 
 AMDGPU supports display MPO when using multiple displays; however, this feature
 behavior heavily relies on the compositor implementation. Keep in mind that
-usespace can define different policies. For example, some OSes can use MPO to
+userspace can define different policies. For example, some OSes can use MPO to
 protect the plane that handles the video playback; notice that we don't have
 many limitations for a single display. Nonetheless, this manipulation can have
 many more restrictions for a multi-display scenario. The below example shows a
diff --git a/Documentation/gpu/drm-kms-helpers.rst b/Documentation/gpu/drm-kms-helpers.rst
index b8ab05e42dbb5df3881ff47423edb38805c41bde..b748b8ae70b2a9e41972d740444a1ac8974f469d 100644
--- a/Documentation/gpu/drm-kms-helpers.rst
+++ b/Documentation/gpu/drm-kms-helpers.rst
@@ -378,7 +378,7 @@ SCDC Helper Functions Reference
 HDMI Infoframes Helper Reference
 ================================
 
-Strictly speaking this is not a DRM helper library but generally useable
+Strictly speaking this is not a DRM helper library but generally usable
 by any driver interfacing with HDMI outputs like v4l or alsa drivers.
 But it nicely fits into the overall topic of mode setting helper
 libraries and hence is also included here.
diff --git a/Documentation/gpu/drm-kms.rst b/Documentation/gpu/drm-kms.rst
index c92d425cb2dd2f873c31be009ed24c2b4c4211fd..a0c83fc481264e31fb28c305f62efa2e4c5696d4 100644
--- a/Documentation/gpu/drm-kms.rst
+++ b/Documentation/gpu/drm-kms.rst
@@ -66,11 +66,11 @@ Composition Properties`_ and related chapters.
 For the output routing the first step is encoders (represented by
 :c:type:`struct drm_encoder <drm_encoder>`, see `Encoder Abstraction`_). Those
 are really just internal artifacts of the helper libraries used to implement KMS
-drivers. Besides that they make it unecessarily more complicated for userspace
+drivers. Besides that they make it unnecessarily more complicated for userspace
 to figure out which connections between a CRTC and a connector are possible, and
 what kind of cloning is supported, they serve no purpose in the userspace API.
 Unfortunately encoders have been exposed to userspace, hence can't remove them
-at this point.  Futhermore the exposed restrictions are often wrongly set by
+at this point.  Furthermore the exposed restrictions are often wrongly set by
 drivers, and in many cases not powerful enough to express the real restrictions.
 A CRTC can be connected to multiple encoders, and for an active CRTC there must
 be at least one encoder.
@@ -260,7 +260,7 @@ Taken all together there's two consequences for the atomic design:
   drm_crtc_state <drm_crtc_state>` for CRTCs and :c:type:`struct
   drm_connector_state <drm_connector_state>` for connectors. These are the only
   objects with userspace-visible and settable state. For internal state drivers
-  can subclass these structures through embeddeding, or add entirely new state
+  can subclass these structures through embedding, or add entirely new state
   structures for their globally shared hardware functions, see :c:type:`struct
   drm_private_state<drm_private_state>`.
 
diff --git a/Documentation/gpu/drm-usage-stats.rst b/Documentation/gpu/drm-usage-stats.rst
index fe35a291ff3e0938a2ed809a77bdc405e29a052d..044e6b2ed1bef98d1990168cb507768bc37f70fe 100644
--- a/Documentation/gpu/drm-usage-stats.rst
+++ b/Documentation/gpu/drm-usage-stats.rst
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ DRM drivers can choose to export partly standardised text output via the
 `fops->show_fdinfo()` as part of the driver specific file operations registered
 in the `struct drm_driver` object registered with the DRM core.
 
-One purpose of this output is to enable writing as generic as practicaly
+One purpose of this output is to enable writing as generic as practically
 feasible `top(1)` like userspace monitoring tools.
 
 Given the differences between various DRM drivers the specification of the
@@ -119,7 +119,7 @@ drm-engine-<keystr> tag and shall contain the maximum frequency for the given
 engine.  Taken together with drm-cycles-<keystr>, this can be used to calculate
 percentage utilization of the engine, whereas drm-engine-<keystr> only reflects
 time active without considering what frequency the engine is operating as a
-percentage of it's maximum frequency.
+percentage of its maximum frequency.
 
 Memory
 ^^^^^^
diff --git a/Documentation/gpu/i915.rst b/Documentation/gpu/i915.rst
index 60ea21734902323cf55429b2f02ad92fc81883cf..378e825754d5f84aad4049960e3396dc318a29c1 100644
--- a/Documentation/gpu/i915.rst
+++ b/Documentation/gpu/i915.rst
@@ -304,10 +304,10 @@ reads of following commands. Actions issued between different contexts
 and the only way to synchronize across contexts (even from the same
 file descriptor) is through the use of fences. At least as far back as
 Gen4, also have that a context carries with it a GPU HW context;
-the HW context is essentially (most of atleast) the state of a GPU.
+the HW context is essentially (most of at least) the state of a GPU.
 In addition to the ordering guarantees, the kernel will restore GPU
 state via HW context when commands are issued to a context, this saves
-user space the need to restore (most of atleast) the GPU state at the
+user space the need to restore (most of at least) the GPU state at the
 start of each batchbuffer. The non-deprecated ioctls to submit batchbuffer
 work can pass that ID (in the lower bits of drm_i915_gem_execbuffer2::rsvd1)
 to identify what context to use with the command.
diff --git a/Documentation/gpu/kms-properties.csv b/Documentation/gpu/kms-properties.csv
index 07ed22ea3bd670f3acd2d016963c6d1c5426997d..0f9590834829ed8aa7538843d2fd2adc81b10129 100644
--- a/Documentation/gpu/kms-properties.csv
+++ b/Documentation/gpu/kms-properties.csv
@@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ Owner Module/Drivers,Group,Property Name,Type,Property Values,Object attached,De
 ,Virtual GPU,“suggested X”,RANGE,"Min=0, Max=0xffffffff",Connector,property to suggest an X offset for a connector
 ,,“suggested Y”,RANGE,"Min=0, Max=0xffffffff",Connector,property to suggest an Y offset for a connector
 ,Optional,"""aspect ratio""",ENUM,"{ ""None"", ""4:3"", ""16:9"" }",Connector,TDB
-i915,Generic,"""Broadcast RGB""",ENUM,"{ ""Automatic"", ""Full"", ""Limited 16:235"" }",Connector,"When this property is set to Limited 16:235 and CTM is set, the hardware will be programmed with the result of the multiplication of CTM by the limited range matrix to ensure the pixels normaly in the range 0..1.0 are remapped to the range 16/255..235/255."
+i915,Generic,"""Broadcast RGB""",ENUM,"{ ""Automatic"", ""Full"", ""Limited 16:235"" }",Connector,"When this property is set to Limited 16:235 and CTM is set, the hardware will be programmed with the result of the multiplication of CTM by the limited range matrix to ensure the pixels normally in the range 0..1.0 are remapped to the range 16/255..235/255."
 ,,“audio”,ENUM,"{ ""force-dvi"", ""off"", ""auto"", ""on"" }",Connector,TBD
 ,SDVO-TV,“mode”,ENUM,"{ ""NTSC_M"", ""NTSC_J"", ""NTSC_443"", ""PAL_B"" } etc.",Connector,TBD
 ,,"""left_margin""",RANGE,"Min=0, Max= SDVO dependent",Connector,TBD
diff --git a/Documentation/gpu/komeda-kms.rst b/Documentation/gpu/komeda-kms.rst
index eb693c857e2d2b3ad08c8eb5973bb5fcc9dce7f3..633a016563ae4a5cbd981170edcbfaa1a057cf28 100644
--- a/Documentation/gpu/komeda-kms.rst
+++ b/Documentation/gpu/komeda-kms.rst
@@ -328,7 +328,7 @@ of course we’d better share as much as possible between different products. To
 achieve this, split the komeda device into two layers: CORE and CHIP.
 
 -   CORE: for common features and capabilities handling.
--   CHIP: for register programing and HW specific feature (limitation) handling.
+-   CHIP: for register programming and HW specific feature (limitation) handling.
 
 CORE can access CHIP by three chip function structures:
 
@@ -481,7 +481,7 @@ Build komeda to be a Linux module driver
 Now we have two level devices:
 
 -   komeda_dev: describes the real display hardware.
--   komeda_kms_dev: attachs or connects komeda_dev to DRM-KMS.
+-   komeda_kms_dev: attaches or connects komeda_dev to DRM-KMS.
 
 All komeda operations are supplied or operated by komeda_dev or komeda_kms_dev,
 the module driver is only a simple wrapper to pass the Linux command
diff --git a/Documentation/gpu/msm-crash-dump.rst b/Documentation/gpu/msm-crash-dump.rst
index 240ef200f76c4e844bc5feb8d36c0463d04f6f33..9509cc4224f4ae7db911481f773cb85c5756d839 100644
--- a/Documentation/gpu/msm-crash-dump.rst
+++ b/Documentation/gpu/msm-crash-dump.rst
@@ -23,7 +23,7 @@ module
 	The module that generated the crashdump.
 
 time
-	The kernel time at crash formated as seconds.microseconds.
+	The kernel time at crash formatted as seconds.microseconds.
 
 comm
 	Comm string for the binary that generated the fault.
diff --git a/Documentation/gpu/rfc/i915_scheduler.rst b/Documentation/gpu/rfc/i915_scheduler.rst
index ec086e7a43ffdcc08530e762c4bacc5741ea4ef6..c237ebc024cd3b2bd5bd3adfdfe36100bb40dfec 100644
--- a/Documentation/gpu/rfc/i915_scheduler.rst
+++ b/Documentation/gpu/rfc/i915_scheduler.rst
@@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ i915 with the DRM scheduler is:
 		* Watchdog hooks into DRM scheduler
 		* Lots of complexity of the GuC backend can be pulled out once
 		  integrated with DRM scheduler (e.g. state machine gets
-		  simplier, locking gets simplier, etc...)
+		  simpler, locking gets simpler, etc...)
 	* Execlists backend will minimum required to hook in the DRM scheduler
 		* Legacy interface
 		* Features like timeslicing / preemption / virtual engines would
diff --git a/Documentation/gpu/rfc/i915_vm_bind.rst b/Documentation/gpu/rfc/i915_vm_bind.rst
index 9a1dcdf2799efd54cf95fa30335f82598022703e..0b3b525ac62002c16a24f4cd3fa7d9b9dbdff4d7 100644
--- a/Documentation/gpu/rfc/i915_vm_bind.rst
+++ b/Documentation/gpu/rfc/i915_vm_bind.rst
@@ -90,7 +90,7 @@ submission, they need only one dma-resv fence list updated. Thus, the fast
 path (where required mappings are already bound) submission latency is O(1)
 w.r.t the number of VM private BOs.
 
-VM_BIND locking hirarchy
+VM_BIND locking hierarchy
 -------------------------
 The locking design here supports the older (execlist based) execbuf mode, the
 newer VM_BIND mode, the VM_BIND mode with GPU page faults and possible future
diff --git a/Documentation/gpu/todo.rst b/Documentation/gpu/todo.rst
index 139980487ccff023df9e5d2588e07f796ecff597..03fe5d1247be28feb4e0cb57c81c902452cb4c5d 100644
--- a/Documentation/gpu/todo.rst
+++ b/Documentation/gpu/todo.rst
@@ -69,7 +69,7 @@ Clean up the clipped coordination confusion around planes
 ---------------------------------------------------------
 
 We have a helper to get this right with drm_plane_helper_check_update(), but
-it's not consistently used. This should be fixed, preferrably in the atomic
+it's not consistently used. This should be fixed, preferably in the atomic
 helpers (and drivers then moved over to clipped coordinates). Probably the
 helper should also be moved from drm_plane_helper.c to the atomic helpers, to
 avoid confusion - the other helpers in that file are all deprecated legacy
@@ -185,13 +185,13 @@ reversed.
 
 To solve this we need one standard per-object locking mechanism, which is
 dma_resv_lock(). This lock needs to be called as the outermost lock, with all
-other driver specific per-object locks removed. The problem is tha rolling out
+other driver specific per-object locks removed. The problem is that rolling out
 the actual change to the locking contract is a flag day, due to struct dma_buf
 buffer sharing.
 
 Level: Expert
 
-Convert logging to drm_* functions with drm_device paramater
+Convert logging to drm_* functions with drm_device parameter
 ------------------------------------------------------------
 
 For drivers which could have multiple instances, it is necessary to
@@ -248,7 +248,7 @@ Level: Advanced
 Benchmark and optimize blitting and format-conversion function
 --------------------------------------------------------------
 
-Drawing to dispay memory quickly is crucial for many applications'
+Drawing to display memory quickly is crucial for many applications'
 performance.
 
 On at least x86-64, sys_imageblit() is significantly slower than
diff --git a/Documentation/hwmon/pmbus-core.rst b/Documentation/hwmon/pmbus-core.rst
index cff93adf6e42e5d3cbbe2da1503b886bd058d819..1eaf2b0158376812eaff1786d01b0f330c85eab8 100644
--- a/Documentation/hwmon/pmbus-core.rst
+++ b/Documentation/hwmon/pmbus-core.rst
@@ -345,7 +345,7 @@ PMBUS_NO_CAPABILITY
 
 Some PMBus chips don't respond with valid data when reading the CAPABILITY
 register. For such chips, this flag should be set so that the PMBus core
-driver doesn't use CAPABILITY to determine it's behavior.
+driver doesn't use CAPABILITY to determine its behavior.
 
 PMBUS_READ_STATUS_AFTER_FAILED_CHECK
 
diff --git a/Documentation/input/devices/iforce-protocol.rst b/Documentation/input/devices/iforce-protocol.rst
index 8634beac3fdb67b72d137012664f824eaeb2008c..52c1e0dd0ab73a78a0884b329356168154379261 100644
--- a/Documentation/input/devices/iforce-protocol.rst
+++ b/Documentation/input/devices/iforce-protocol.rst
@@ -49,7 +49,7 @@ OP DATA
 == ====
 
 The 2B, LEN and CS fields have disappeared, probably because USB handles
-frames and data corruption is handled or unsignificant.
+frames and data corruption is handled or insignificant.
 
 First, I describe effects that are sent by the device to the computer
 
diff --git a/Documentation/input/devices/pxrc.rst b/Documentation/input/devices/pxrc.rst
index ca11f646bae819e93d9bb4f91030cf21ad5cf6dc..5a86df4ad07940c048f630690543dd63d6721182 100644
--- a/Documentation/input/devices/pxrc.rst
+++ b/Documentation/input/devices/pxrc.rst
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ pxrc - PhoenixRC Flight Controller Adapter
 :Author: Marcus Folkesson <marcus.folkesson@gmail.com>
 
 This driver let you use your own RC controller plugged into the
-adapter that comes with PhoenixRC [1]_ or other compatible adapters.
+adapter that comes with PhoenixRC or other compatible adapters.
 
 The adapter supports 7 analog channels and 1 digital input switch.
 
@@ -41,7 +41,7 @@ Manual Testing
 ==============
 
 To test this driver's functionality you may use `input-event` which is part of
-the `input layer utilities` suite [2]_.
+the `input layer utilities` suite [1]_.
 
 For example::
 
@@ -53,5 +53,4 @@ To print all input events from input `devnr`.
 References
 ==========
 
-.. [1] http://www.phoenix-sim.com/
-.. [2] https://www.kraxel.org/cgit/input/
+.. [1] https://www.kraxel.org/cgit/input/
diff --git a/Documentation/input/multi-touch-protocol.rst b/Documentation/input/multi-touch-protocol.rst
index 1085cbee4ee720bf465b804b0ccdafc177b8ff43..47d3dcb5d44bdac391758ea9addf671f434c4531 100644
--- a/Documentation/input/multi-touch-protocol.rst
+++ b/Documentation/input/multi-touch-protocol.rst
@@ -383,7 +383,7 @@ Finger Tracking
 ---------------
 
 The process of finger tracking, i.e., to assign a unique trackingID to each
-initiated contact on the surface, is a Euclidian Bipartite Matching
+initiated contact on the surface, is a Euclidean Bipartite Matching
 problem.  At each event synchronization, the set of actual contacts is
 matched to the set of contacts from the previous synchronization. A full
 implementation can be found in [#f3]_.
diff --git a/Documentation/kbuild/kconfig.rst b/Documentation/kbuild/kconfig.rst
index 5967c79c3baa76d0a9bd955ffed4840e3f022fa1..3ee89dfe469760eb48ae48b9a35959700ea84d1a 100644
--- a/Documentation/kbuild/kconfig.rst
+++ b/Documentation/kbuild/kconfig.rst
@@ -10,6 +10,8 @@ The xconfig ('qconf'), menuconfig ('mconf'), and nconfig ('nconf')
 programs also have embedded help text.  Be sure to check that for
 navigation, search, and other general help text.
 
+The gconfig ('gconf') program has limited help text.
+
 General
 -------
 
diff --git a/Documentation/livepatch/reliable-stacktrace.rst b/Documentation/livepatch/reliable-stacktrace.rst
index d56bb706172ff0bb0b2d46cb57e7619700b05b3e..8d950f3ffeddba1a4e330035c16e6db2149a279d 100644
--- a/Documentation/livepatch/reliable-stacktrace.rst
+++ b/Documentation/livepatch/reliable-stacktrace.rst
@@ -40,7 +40,7 @@ Principally, the reliable stacktrace function must ensure that either:
 .. note::
    In some cases it is legitimate to omit specific functions from the trace,
    but all other functions must be reported. These cases are described in
-   futher detail below.
+   further detail below.
 
 Secondly, the reliable stacktrace function must be robust to cases where
 the stack or other unwind state is corrupt or otherwise unreliable. The
diff --git a/Documentation/locking/lockdep-design.rst b/Documentation/locking/lockdep-design.rst
index 82f36cab61bddc93606c39b059d196d7a781fbf0..56b90eea27312e0a438260eb10425e811f154c9a 100644
--- a/Documentation/locking/lockdep-design.rst
+++ b/Documentation/locking/lockdep-design.rst
@@ -29,7 +29,7 @@ the validator will shoot a splat if incorrect.
 A lock-class's behavior is constructed by its instances collectively:
 when the first instance of a lock-class is used after bootup the class
 gets registered, then all (subsequent) instances will be mapped to the
-class and hence their usages and dependecies will contribute to those of
+class and hence their usages and dependencies will contribute to those of
 the class. A lock-class does not go away when a lock instance does, but
 it can be removed if the memory space of the lock class (static or
 dynamic) is reclaimed, this happens for example when a module is
@@ -105,7 +105,7 @@ exact case is for the lock as of the reporting time.
   +--------------+-------------+--------------+
 
 The character '-' suggests irq is disabled because if otherwise the
-charactor '?' would have been shown instead. Similar deduction can be
+character '?' would have been shown instead. Similar deduction can be
 applied for '+' too.
 
 Unused locks (e.g., mutexes) cannot be part of the cause of an error.
diff --git a/Documentation/locking/locktorture.rst b/Documentation/locking/locktorture.rst
index 7f56fc0d7c31688d012dfea7d072675817e31814..3e763f77a620a75e34a3b4c8e6b4237e95a6b1a4 100644
--- a/Documentation/locking/locktorture.rst
+++ b/Documentation/locking/locktorture.rst
@@ -113,7 +113,7 @@ stutter
 		  without pausing.
 
 shuffle_interval
-		  The number of seconds to keep the test threads affinitied
+		  The number of seconds to keep the test threads affinitized
 		  to a particular subset of the CPUs, defaults to 3 seconds.
 		  Used in conjunction with test_no_idle_hz.
 
diff --git a/Documentation/locking/locktypes.rst b/Documentation/locking/locktypes.rst
index 9933faad47714c2cc79a91e7f5016df169a6c374..80c914f6eae7ab07476491c4eba96c004508e28d 100644
--- a/Documentation/locking/locktypes.rst
+++ b/Documentation/locking/locktypes.rst
@@ -500,7 +500,7 @@ caveats also apply to bit spinlocks.
 Some bit spinlocks are replaced with regular spinlock_t for PREEMPT_RT
 using conditional (#ifdef'ed) code changes at the usage site.  In contrast,
 usage-site changes are not needed for the spinlock_t substitution.
-Instead, conditionals in header files and the core locking implemementation
+Instead, conditionals in header files and the core locking implementation
 enable the compiler to do the substitution transparently.
 
 
diff --git a/Documentation/maintainer/configure-git.rst b/Documentation/maintainer/configure-git.rst
index ec0ddfb9cdd3c0f2e8f5beebca669981db360c37..0a36831814ea05ddbbfb5c19625b655ac8dbed4b 100644
--- a/Documentation/maintainer/configure-git.rst
+++ b/Documentation/maintainer/configure-git.rst
@@ -1,35 +1,31 @@
-.. _configuregit:
-
-Configure Git
-=============
+Configuring Git
+===============
 
 This chapter describes maintainer level git configuration.
 
-Tagged branches used in :ref:`Documentation/maintainer/pull-requests.rst
-<pullrequests>` should be signed with the developers public GPG key. Signed
-tags can be created by passing the ``-u`` flag to ``git tag``. However,
-since you would *usually* use the same key for the same project, you can
-set it once with
-::
+Tagged branches used in pull requests (see
+Documentation/maintainer/pull-requests.rst) should be signed with the
+developers public GPG key. Signed tags can be created by passing
+``-u <key-id>`` to ``git tag``. However, since you would *usually* use the same
+key for the project, you can set it in the configuration and use the ``-s``
+flag. To set the default ``key-id`` use::
 
 	git config user.signingkey "keyname"
 
-Alternatively, edit your ``.git/config`` or ``~/.gitconfig`` file by hand:
-::
+Alternatively, edit your ``.git/config`` or ``~/.gitconfig`` file by hand::
 
 	[user]
 		name = Jane Developer
 		email = jd@domain.org
 		signingkey = jd@domain.org
 
-You may need to tell ``git`` to use ``gpg2``
-::
+You may need to tell ``git`` to use ``gpg2``::
 
 	[gpg]
 		program = /path/to/gpg2
 
-You may also like to tell ``gpg`` which ``tty`` to use (add to your shell rc file)
-::
+You may also like to tell ``gpg`` which ``tty`` to use (add to your shell
+rc file)::
 
 	export GPG_TTY=$(tty)
 
@@ -37,20 +33,18 @@ You may also like to tell ``gpg`` which ``tty`` to use (add to your shell rc fil
 Creating commit links to lore.kernel.org
 ----------------------------------------
 
-The web site http://lore.kernel.org is meant as a grand archive of all mail
+The web site https://lore.kernel.org is meant as a grand archive of all mail
 list traffic concerning or influencing the kernel development. Storing archives
 of patches here is a recommended practice, and when a maintainer applies a
 patch to a subsystem tree, it is a good idea to provide a Link: tag with a
 reference back to the lore archive so that people that browse the commit
 history can find related discussions and rationale behind a certain change.
-The link tag will look like this:
+The link tag will look like this::
 
     Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/<message-id>
 
 This can be configured to happen automatically any time you issue ``git am``
-by adding the following hook into your git:
-
-.. code-block:: none
+by adding the following hook into your git::
 
 	$ git config am.messageid true
 	$ cat >.git/hooks/applypatch-msg <<'EOF'
diff --git a/Documentation/maintainer/feature-and-driver-maintainers.rst b/Documentation/maintainer/feature-and-driver-maintainers.rst
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000000000000000000000000000000000..f04cc183e1dee34acef21bc4d8bbf9484f655d21
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/maintainer/feature-and-driver-maintainers.rst
@@ -0,0 +1,155 @@
+.. SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0
+
+==============================
+Feature and driver maintainers
+==============================
+
+The term "maintainer" spans a very wide range of levels of engagement
+from people handling patches and pull requests as almost a full time job
+to people responsible for a small feature or a driver.
+
+Unlike most of the chapter, this section is meant for the latter (more
+populous) group. It provides tips and describes the expectations and
+responsibilities of maintainers of a small(ish) section of the code.
+
+Drivers and alike most often do not have their own mailing lists and
+git trees but instead send and review patches on the list of a larger
+subsystem.
+
+Responsibilities
+================
+
+The amount of maintenance work is usually proportional to the size
+and popularity of the code base. Small features and drivers should
+require relatively small amount of care and feeding. Nonetheless
+when the work does arrive (in form of patches which need review,
+user bug reports etc.) it has to be acted upon promptly.
+Even when a particular driver only sees one patch a month, or a quarter,
+a subsystem could well have a hundred such drivers. Subsystem
+maintainers cannot afford to wait a long time to hear from reviewers.
+
+The exact expectations on the response time will vary by subsystem.
+The patch review SLA the subsystem had set for itself can sometimes
+be found in the subsystem documentation. Failing that as a rule of thumb
+reviewers should try to respond quicker than what is the usual patch
+review delay of the subsystem maintainer. The resulting expectations
+may range from two working days for fast-paced subsystems (e.g. networking)
+to as long as a few weeks in slower moving parts of the kernel.
+
+Mailing list participation
+--------------------------
+
+Linux kernel uses mailing lists as the primary form of communication.
+Maintainers must be subscribed and follow the appropriate subsystem-wide
+mailing list. Either by subscribing to the whole list or using more
+modern, selective setup like
+`lei <https://people.kernel.org/monsieuricon/lore-lei-part-1-getting-started>`_.
+
+Maintainers must know how to communicate on the list (plain text, no invasive
+legal footers, no top posting, etc.)
+
+Reviews
+-------
+
+Maintainers must review *all* patches touching exclusively their drivers,
+no matter how trivial. If the patch is a tree wide change and modifies
+multiple drivers - whether to provide a review is left to the maintainer.
+
+When there are multiple maintainers for a piece of code an ``Acked-by``
+or ``Reviewed-by`` tag (or review comments) from a single maintainer is
+enough to satisfy this requirement.
+
+If the review process or validation for a particular change will take longer
+than the expected review timeline for the subsystem, maintainer should
+reply to the submission indicating that the work is being done, and when
+to expect full results.
+
+Refactoring and core changes
+----------------------------
+
+Occasionally core code needs to be changed to improve the maintainability
+of the kernel as a whole. Maintainers are expected to be present and
+help guide and test changes to their code to fit the new infrastructure.
+
+Bug reports
+-----------
+
+Maintainers must ensure severe problems in their code reported to them
+are resolved in a timely manner: regressions, kernel crashes, kernel warnings,
+compilation errors, lockups, data loss, and other bugs of similar scope.
+
+Maintainers furthermore should respond to reports about other kinds of
+bugs as well, if the report is of reasonable quality or indicates a
+problem that might be severe -- especially if they have *Supported*
+status of the codebase in the MAINTAINERS file.
+
+Selecting the maintainer
+========================
+
+The previous section described the expectations of the maintainer,
+this section provides guidance on selecting one and describes common
+misconceptions.
+
+The author
+----------
+
+Most natural and common choice of a maintainer is the author of the code.
+The author is intimately familiar with the code, so it is the best person
+to take care of it on an ongoing basis.
+
+That said, being a maintainer is an active role. The MAINTAINERS file
+is not a list of credits (in fact a separate CREDITS file exists),
+it is a list of those who will actively help with the code.
+If the author does not have the time, interest or ability to maintain
+the code, a different maintainer must be selected.
+
+Multiple maintainers
+--------------------
+
+Modern best practices dictate that there should be at least two maintainers
+for any piece of code, no matter how trivial. It spreads the burden, helps
+people take vacations and prevents burnout, trains new members of
+the community etc. etc. Even when there is clearly one perfect candidate,
+another maintainer should be found.
+
+Maintainers must be human, therefore, it is not acceptable to add a mailing
+list or a group email as a maintainer. Trust and understanding are the
+foundation of kernel maintenance and one cannot build trust with a mailing
+list. Having a mailing list *in addition* to humans is perfectly fine.
+
+Corporate structures
+--------------------
+
+To an outsider the Linux kernel may resemble a hierarchical organization
+with Linus as the CEO. While the code flows in a hierarchical fashion,
+the corporate template does not apply here. Linux is an anarchy held
+together by (rarely expressed) mutual respect, trust and convenience.
+
+All that is to say that managers almost never make good maintainers.
+The maintainer position more closely matches an on-call rotation
+than a position of power.
+
+The following characteristics of a person selected as a maintainer
+are clear red flags:
+
+ - unknown to the community, never sent an email to the list before
+ - did not author any of the code
+ - (when development is contracted) works for a company which paid
+   for the development rather than the company which did the work
+
+Non compliance
+==============
+
+Subsystem maintainers may remove inactive maintainers from the MAINTAINERS
+file. If the maintainer was a significant author or played an important
+role in the development of the code, they should be moved to the CREDITS file.
+
+Removing an inactive maintainer should not be seen as a punitive action.
+Having an inactive maintainer has a real cost as all developers have
+to remember to include the maintainers in discussions and subsystem
+maintainers spend brain power figuring out how to solicit feedback.
+
+Subsystem maintainers may remove code for lacking maintenance.
+
+Subsystem maintainers may refuse accepting code from companies
+which repeatedly neglected their maintainership duties.
diff --git a/Documentation/maintainer/index.rst b/Documentation/maintainer/index.rst
index 3e03283c144ea0be8e7957818eed6bbd85fa80c2..eeee27f8b18c41ac9aed48920036772a1aafca60 100644
--- a/Documentation/maintainer/index.rst
+++ b/Documentation/maintainer/index.rst
@@ -9,6 +9,7 @@ additions to this manual.
 .. toctree::
    :maxdepth: 2
 
+   feature-and-driver-maintainers
    configure-git
    rebasing-and-merging
    pull-requests
diff --git a/Documentation/maintainer/pull-requests.rst b/Documentation/maintainer/pull-requests.rst
index e072de60ccb0def69ab10aaf909ba54f296f3786..00b200facf676cc3781c976b4ea66277765d4365 100644
--- a/Documentation/maintainer/pull-requests.rst
+++ b/Documentation/maintainer/pull-requests.rst
@@ -1,5 +1,3 @@
-.. _pullrequests:
-
 Creating Pull Requests
 ======================
 
@@ -41,7 +39,7 @@ named ``char-misc-next``, you would be using the following command::
 
 that will create a signed tag called ``char-misc-4.15-rc1`` based on the
 last commit in the ``char-misc-next`` branch, and sign it with your gpg key
-(see :ref:`Documentation/maintainer/configure-git.rst <configuregit>`).
+(see Documentation/maintainer/configure-git.rst).
 
 Linus will only accept pull requests based on a signed tag. Other
 maintainers may differ.
diff --git a/Documentation/mm/highmem.rst b/Documentation/mm/highmem.rst
index aefb03eb386ec143d4f34906e09f0ee8a7cc1651..9d92e3f2b3d69df5ad8a2ce217216ea8ef041d9c 100644
--- a/Documentation/mm/highmem.rst
+++ b/Documentation/mm/highmem.rst
@@ -51,11 +51,14 @@ Temporary Virtual Mappings
 The kernel contains several ways of creating temporary mappings. The following
 list shows them in order of preference of use.
 
-* kmap_local_page().  This function is used to require short term mappings.
-  It can be invoked from any context (including interrupts) but the mappings
-  can only be used in the context which acquired them.
-
-  This function should always be used, whereas kmap_atomic() and kmap() have
+* kmap_local_page(), kmap_local_folio() - These functions are used to create
+  short term mappings. They can be invoked from any context (including
+  interrupts) but the mappings can only be used in the context which acquired
+  them. The only differences between them consist in the first taking a pointer
+  to a struct page and the second taking a pointer to struct folio and the byte
+  offset within the folio which identifies the page.
+
+  These functions should always be used, whereas kmap_atomic() and kmap() have
   been deprecated.
 
   These mappings are thread-local and CPU-local, meaning that the mapping
@@ -72,17 +75,17 @@ list shows them in order of preference of use.
   maps of the outgoing task are saved and those of the incoming one are
   restored.
 
-  kmap_local_page() always returns a valid virtual address and it is assumed
-  that kunmap_local() will never fail.
+  kmap_local_page(), as well as kmap_local_folio() always returns valid virtual
+  kernel addresses and it is assumed that kunmap_local() will never fail.
 
-  On CONFIG_HIGHMEM=n kernels and for low memory pages this returns the
+  On CONFIG_HIGHMEM=n kernels and for low memory pages they return the
   virtual address of the direct mapping. Only real highmem pages are
   temporarily mapped. Therefore, users may call a plain page_address()
   for pages which are known to not come from ZONE_HIGHMEM. However, it is
-  always safe to use kmap_local_page() / kunmap_local().
+  always safe to use kmap_local_{page,folio}() / kunmap_local().
 
-  While it is significantly faster than kmap(), for the highmem case it
-  comes with restrictions about the pointers validity. Contrary to kmap()
+  While they are significantly faster than kmap(), for the highmem case they
+  come with restrictions about the pointers validity. Contrary to kmap()
   mappings, the local mappings are only valid in the context of the caller
   and cannot be handed to other contexts. This implies that users must
   be absolutely sure to keep the use of the return address local to the
@@ -91,7 +94,7 @@ list shows them in order of preference of use.
   Most code can be designed to use thread local mappings. User should
   therefore try to design their code to avoid the use of kmap() by mapping
   pages in the same thread the address will be used and prefer
-  kmap_local_page().
+  kmap_local_page() or kmap_local_folio().
 
   Nesting kmap_local_page() and kmap_atomic() mappings is allowed to a certain
   extent (up to KMAP_TYPE_NR) but their invocations have to be strictly ordered
diff --git a/Documentation/mm/hmm.rst b/Documentation/mm/hmm.rst
index 9aa512c3a12c6cda16cf37da3420f8cc941d5077..0595098a74d9db1d09d960574ebdc5ad7318b7c4 100644
--- a/Documentation/mm/hmm.rst
+++ b/Documentation/mm/hmm.rst
@@ -163,16 +163,7 @@ use::
 
 It will trigger a page fault on missing or read-only entries if write access is
 requested (see below). Page faults use the generic mm page fault code path just
-like a CPU page fault.
-
-Both functions copy CPU page table entries into their pfns array argument. Each
-entry in that array corresponds to an address in the virtual range. HMM
-provides a set of flags to help the driver identify special CPU page table
-entries.
-
-Locking within the sync_cpu_device_pagetables() callback is the most important
-aspect the driver must respect in order to keep things properly synchronized.
-The usage pattern is::
+like a CPU page fault. The usage pattern is::
 
  int driver_populate_range(...)
  {
@@ -417,7 +408,7 @@ entries. Any attempt to access the swap entry results in a fault which is
 resovled by replacing the entry with the original mapping. A driver gets
 notified that the mapping has been changed by MMU notifiers, after which point
 it will no longer have exclusive access to the page. Exclusive access is
-guranteed to last until the driver drops the page lock and page reference, at
+guaranteed to last until the driver drops the page lock and page reference, at
 which point any CPU faults on the page may proceed as described.
 
 Memory cgroup (memcg) and rss accounting
diff --git a/Documentation/mm/hwpoison.rst b/Documentation/mm/hwpoison.rst
index ba48a441feed854cd16431cb50c816eb6d0c8971..483b72aa7c117dd80fb8dd2742a5353c3fb54feb 100644
--- a/Documentation/mm/hwpoison.rst
+++ b/Documentation/mm/hwpoison.rst
@@ -48,7 +48,7 @@ of applications. KVM support requires a recent qemu-kvm release.
 For the KVM use there was need for a new signal type so that
 KVM can inject the machine check into the guest with the proper
 address. This in theory allows other applications to handle
-memory failures too. The expection is that near all applications
+memory failures too. The expectation is that most applications
 won't do that, but some very specialized ones might.
 
 Failure recovery modes
diff --git a/Documentation/mm/page_migration.rst b/Documentation/mm/page_migration.rst
index e35af7805be54a6f43f9f7d2047b4ec6dafcb0e8..f1ce67a26615285d2c5616d5978a26fc7bc1f69c 100644
--- a/Documentation/mm/page_migration.rst
+++ b/Documentation/mm/page_migration.rst
@@ -180,7 +180,7 @@ The following events (counters) can be used to monitor page migration.
 4. THP_MIGRATION_FAIL: A THP could not be migrated nor it could be split.
 
 5. THP_MIGRATION_SPLIT: A THP was migrated, but not as such: first, the THP had
-   to be split. After splitting, a migration retry was used for it's sub-pages.
+   to be split. After splitting, a migration retry was used for its sub-pages.
 
 THP_MIGRATION_* events also update the appropriate PGMIGRATE_SUCCESS or
 PGMIGRATE_FAIL events. For example, a THP migration failure will cause both
diff --git a/Documentation/mm/unevictable-lru.rst b/Documentation/mm/unevictable-lru.rst
index d5ac8511eb67923cd28cd885873955e2d56fea8d..67f1338440a50ab942160f6489964c41bc7c3b9e 100644
--- a/Documentation/mm/unevictable-lru.rst
+++ b/Documentation/mm/unevictable-lru.rst
@@ -463,7 +463,7 @@ can request that a region of memory be mlocked by supplying the MAP_LOCKED flag
 to the mmap() call.  There is one important and subtle difference here, though.
 mmap() + mlock() will fail if the range cannot be faulted in (e.g. because
 mm_populate fails) and returns with ENOMEM while mmap(MAP_LOCKED) will not fail.
-The mmaped area will still have properties of the locked area - pages will not
+The mmapped area will still have properties of the locked area - pages will not
 get swapped out - but major page faults to fault memory in might still happen.
 
 Furthermore, any mmap() call or brk() call that expands the heap by a task
diff --git a/Documentation/mm/vmemmap_dedup.rst b/Documentation/mm/vmemmap_dedup.rst
index c573e08b504334d120b756c03e14f1ed72dd8e5e..59891f72420e324315228726937edd4734e9ec4c 100644
--- a/Documentation/mm/vmemmap_dedup.rst
+++ b/Documentation/mm/vmemmap_dedup.rst
@@ -1,3 +1,4 @@
+
 .. SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0
 
 =========================================
@@ -10,14 +11,14 @@ HugeTLB
 This section is to explain how HugeTLB Vmemmap Optimization (HVO) works.
 
 The ``struct page`` structures are used to describe a physical page frame. By
-default, there is a one-to-one mapping from a page frame to it's corresponding
+default, there is a one-to-one mapping from a page frame to its corresponding
 ``struct page``.
 
 HugeTLB pages consist of multiple base page size pages and is supported by many
 architectures. See Documentation/admin-guide/mm/hugetlbpage.rst for more
 details. On the x86-64 architecture, HugeTLB pages of size 2MB and 1GB are
 currently supported. Since the base page size on x86 is 4KB, a 2MB HugeTLB page
-consists of 512 base pages and a 1GB HugeTLB page consists of 4096 base pages.
+consists of 512 base pages and a 1GB HugeTLB page consists of 262144 base pages.
 For each base page, there is a corresponding ``struct page``.
 
 Within the HugeTLB subsystem, only the first 4 ``struct page`` are used to
diff --git a/Documentation/networking/bonding.rst b/Documentation/networking/bonding.rst
index 28925e19622dfa429e8651bdfb391ca001b4f783..f7a73421eb76a1e358650592f767a24e46ca01ac 100644
--- a/Documentation/networking/bonding.rst
+++ b/Documentation/networking/bonding.rst
@@ -1636,7 +1636,7 @@ your init script::
 -----------------------------------------
 
 This section applies to distros which use /etc/network/interfaces file
-to describe network interface configuration, most notably Debian and it's
+to describe network interface configuration, most notably Debian and its
 derivatives.
 
 The ifup and ifdown commands on Debian don't support bonding out of
diff --git a/Documentation/networking/devlink/devlink-port.rst b/Documentation/networking/devlink/devlink-port.rst
index f5adb910427a8520dd6ed42de66455bb910e0959..e33ad2401ad70c8a678fec93ebfda3ca4909f9db 100644
--- a/Documentation/networking/devlink/devlink-port.rst
+++ b/Documentation/networking/devlink/devlink-port.rst
@@ -376,9 +376,9 @@ API allows to configure following rate object's parameters:
   Allows for usage of Weighted Fair Queuing arbitration scheme among
   siblings. This arbitration scheme can be used simultaneously with the
   strict priority. As a node is configured with a higher rate it gets more
-  BW relative to it's siblings. Values are relative like a percentage
+  BW relative to its siblings. Values are relative like a percentage
   points, they basically tell how much BW should node take relative to
-  it's siblings.
+  its siblings.
 
 ``parent``
   Parent node name. Parent node rate limits are considered as additional limits
@@ -398,7 +398,7 @@ Arbitration flow from the high level:
 #. If group of nodes have the same priority perform WFQ arbitration on
    that subgroup. Use ``tx_weight`` as a parameter for this arbitration.
 
-#. Select the winner node, and continue arbitration flow among it's children,
+#. Select the winner node, and continue arbitration flow among its children,
    until leaf node is reached, and the winner is established.
 
 #. If all the nodes from the highest priority sub-group are satisfied, or
diff --git a/Documentation/networking/packet_mmap.rst b/Documentation/networking/packet_mmap.rst
index c5da1a5d93de827f65058ba4a6ddf761af399f49..30a3be3c48f398302d985db57acefaf2b902ac4b 100644
--- a/Documentation/networking/packet_mmap.rst
+++ b/Documentation/networking/packet_mmap.rst
@@ -755,7 +755,7 @@ AF_PACKET TPACKET_V3 example
 ============================
 
 AF_PACKET's TPACKET_V3 ring buffer can be configured to use non-static frame
-sizes by doing it's own memory management. It is based on blocks where polling
+sizes by doing its own memory management. It is based on blocks where polling
 works on a per block basis instead of per ring as in TPACKET_V2 and predecessor.
 
 It is said that TPACKET_V3 brings the following benefits:
diff --git a/Documentation/power/energy-model.rst b/Documentation/power/energy-model.rst
index ef341be2882b1a03ccd28f727a35f491a5534d44..13225965c9a4c03537da9254d3696e677013cdbc 100644
--- a/Documentation/power/energy-model.rst
+++ b/Documentation/power/energy-model.rst
@@ -87,9 +87,9 @@ CONFIG_ENERGY_MODEL must be enabled to use the EM framework.
 Registration of 'advanced' EM
 ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
 
-The 'advanced' EM gets it's name due to the fact that the driver is allowed
+The 'advanced' EM gets its name due to the fact that the driver is allowed
 to provide more precised power model. It's not limited to some implemented math
-formula in the framework (like it's in 'simple' EM case). It can better reflect
+formula in the framework (like it is in 'simple' EM case). It can better reflect
 the real power measurements performed for each performance state. Thus, this
 registration method should be preferred in case considering EM static power
 (leakage) is important.
diff --git a/Documentation/powerpc/dscr.rst b/Documentation/powerpc/dscr.rst
index 2ab99006014cc7862fb0df6a0c9052a95899a7f6..f735ec5375d5576b806663368f893472d3e678e8 100644
--- a/Documentation/powerpc/dscr.rst
+++ b/Documentation/powerpc/dscr.rst
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ DSCR register in powerpc allows user to have some control of prefetch of data
 stream in the processor. Please refer to the ISA documents or related manual
 for more detailed information regarding how to use this DSCR to attain this
 control of the prefetches . This document here provides an overview of kernel
-support for DSCR, related kernel objects, it's functionalities and exported
+support for DSCR, related kernel objects, its functionalities and exported
 user interface.
 
 (A) Data Structures:
diff --git a/Documentation/powerpc/kasan.txt b/Documentation/powerpc/kasan.txt
index f032b4eaf2051401d875533e36d905ba0ceca2fd..a4f647e4fffa9f4f5b6eafc17fa115c4c6c7da24 100644
--- a/Documentation/powerpc/kasan.txt
+++ b/Documentation/powerpc/kasan.txt
@@ -40,7 +40,7 @@ checks can be delayed until after the MMU is set is up, and we can just not
 instrument any code that runs with translations off after booting. This is the
 current approach.
 
-To avoid this limitiation, the KASAN shadow would have to be placed inside the
+To avoid this limitation, the KASAN shadow would have to be placed inside the
 linear mapping, using the same high-bits trick we use for the rest of the linear
 mapping. This is tricky:
 
diff --git a/Documentation/powerpc/papr_hcalls.rst b/Documentation/powerpc/papr_hcalls.rst
index fce8bc7936603208f960d8296ca71fe72c5c3ca5..80d2c0aadab511379bdbaa4d08b6142e687e11eb 100644
--- a/Documentation/powerpc/papr_hcalls.rst
+++ b/Documentation/powerpc/papr_hcalls.rst
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ privileged operations. Currently there are two PAPR compliant hypervisors:
 On PPC64 arch a guest kernel running on top of a PAPR hypervisor is called
 a *pSeries guest*. A pseries guest runs in a supervisor mode (HV=0) and must
 issue hypercalls to the hypervisor whenever it needs to perform an action
-that is hypervisor priviledged [3]_ or for other services managed by the
+that is hypervisor privileged [3]_ or for other services managed by the
 hypervisor.
 
 Hence a Hypercall (hcall) is essentially a request by the pseries guest
diff --git a/Documentation/powerpc/qe_firmware.rst b/Documentation/powerpc/qe_firmware.rst
index 42f5103140c9223725f22a03747b36622a36f198..a358f152b7e7e208535248f282e59beff7af3400 100644
--- a/Documentation/powerpc/qe_firmware.rst
+++ b/Documentation/powerpc/qe_firmware.rst
@@ -232,11 +232,11 @@ For example, to match the 8323, revision 1.0::
 'extended_modes' is a bitfield that defines special functionality which has an
 impact on the device drivers.  Each bit has its own impact and has special
 instructions for the driver associated with it.  This field is stored in
-the QE library and available to any driver that calles qe_get_firmware_info().
+the QE library and available to any driver that calls qe_get_firmware_info().
 
 'vtraps' is an array of 8 words that contain virtual trap values for each
 virtual traps.  As with 'extended_modes', this field is stored in the QE
-library and available to any driver that calles qe_get_firmware_info().
+library and available to any driver that calls qe_get_firmware_info().
 
 'microcode' (type: struct qe_microcode):
 	For each RISC processor there is one 'microcode' structure.  The first
diff --git a/Documentation/powerpc/vas-api.rst b/Documentation/powerpc/vas-api.rst
index bdb50fed903e03379b4cfd4494d23139a658ef05..a9625a2fa0c6340b357e6693e4c5115d061cc8c6 100644
--- a/Documentation/powerpc/vas-api.rst
+++ b/Documentation/powerpc/vas-api.rst
@@ -46,7 +46,7 @@ request queue into the application's virtual address space.
 The application can then submit one or more requests to the engine by
 using copy/paste instructions and pasting the CRBs to the virtual address
 (aka paste_address) returned by mmap(). User space can close the
-established connection or send window by closing the file descriptior
+established connection or send window by closing the file descriptor
 (close(fd)) or upon the process exit.
 
 Note that applications can send several requests with the same window or
@@ -240,7 +240,7 @@ issued. This signal returns with the following siginfo struct::
 	siginfo.si_signo = SIGSEGV;
 	siginfo.si_errno = EFAULT;
 	siginfo.si_code = SEGV_MAPERR;
-	siginfo.si_addr = CSB adress;
+	siginfo.si_addr = CSB address;
 
 In the case of multi-thread applications, NX send windows can be shared
 across all threads. For example, a child thread can open a send window,
diff --git a/Documentation/process/botching-up-ioctls.rst b/Documentation/process/botching-up-ioctls.rst
index 9739b88463a5f091573f37527d27b1d2a3563410..a05e8401de1c713c003eec25b3d781f0eec4c6fc 100644
--- a/Documentation/process/botching-up-ioctls.rst
+++ b/Documentation/process/botching-up-ioctls.rst
@@ -208,7 +208,7 @@ Not every problem needs a new ioctl:
    it's much quicker to push a driver-private interface than engaging in
    lengthy discussions for a more generic solution. And occasionally doing a
    private interface to spearhead a new concept is what's required. But in the
-   end, once the generic interface comes around you'll end up maintainer two
+   end, once the generic interface comes around you'll end up maintaining two
    interfaces. Indefinitely.
 
  * Consider other interfaces than ioctls. A sysfs attribute is much better for
diff --git a/Documentation/process/changes.rst b/Documentation/process/changes.rst
index 0bbd040f6a55b6f9e8b464178a5c45fe15962273..b48da698d6f25325fdae3b4b05c5aea0c7913cd4 100644
--- a/Documentation/process/changes.rst
+++ b/Documentation/process/changes.rst
@@ -482,7 +482,7 @@ E2fsprogs
 JFSutils
 --------
 
-- <http://jfs.sourceforge.net/>
+- <https://jfs.sourceforge.net/>
 
 Reiserfsprogs
 -------------
@@ -503,7 +503,7 @@ Pcmciautils
 Quota-tools
 -----------
 
-- <http://sourceforge.net/projects/linuxquota/>
+- <https://sourceforge.net/projects/linuxquota/>
 
 
 Intel P6 microcode
@@ -524,7 +524,7 @@ FUSE
 mcelog
 ------
 
-- <http://www.mcelog.org/>
+- <https://www.mcelog.org/>
 
 cpio
 ----
@@ -544,7 +544,8 @@ PPP
 NFS-utils
 ---------
 
-- <http://sourceforge.net/project/showfiles.php?group_id=14>
+- <https://sourceforge.net/project/showfiles.php?group_id=14>
+- <https://nfs.sourceforge.net/>
 
 Iptables
 --------
@@ -559,12 +560,7 @@ Ip-route2
 OProfile
 --------
 
-- <http://oprofile.sf.net/download/>
-
-NFS-Utils
----------
-
-- <http://nfs.sourceforge.net/>
+- <https://oprofile.sf.net/download/>
 
 Kernel documentation
 ********************
diff --git a/Documentation/process/deprecated.rst b/Documentation/process/deprecated.rst
index f91b8441f2ef70576c5bad079e631e4077eabed6..1f7f3e6c9cda9f8a813ab19bb5684d24c609de60 100644
--- a/Documentation/process/deprecated.rst
+++ b/Documentation/process/deprecated.rst
@@ -77,7 +77,7 @@ kzalloc() can be replaced with kcalloc().
 If no 2-factor form is available, the saturate-on-overflow helpers should
 be used::
 
-	bar = vmalloc(array_size(count, size));
+	bar = dma_alloc_coherent(dev, array_size(count, size), &dma, GFP_KERNEL);
 
 Another common case to avoid is calculating the size of a structure with
 a trailing array of others structures, as in::
diff --git a/Documentation/process/kernel-docs.rst b/Documentation/process/kernel-docs.rst
index 46f927aae6ebcfc6a97ad231a1c720e5478255ad..8660493b91d0174a3a40574fcf256f38e377a58e 100644
--- a/Documentation/process/kernel-docs.rst
+++ b/Documentation/process/kernel-docs.rst
@@ -29,7 +29,7 @@ All documents are cataloged with the following fields: the document's
 
    The documents on each section of this document are ordered by its
    published date, from the newest to the oldest. The maintainer(s) should
-   periodically retire resources as they become obsolte or outdated; with
+   periodically retire resources as they become obsolete or outdated; with
    the exception of foundational books.
 
 Docs at the Linux Kernel tree
@@ -118,6 +118,15 @@ Published books
       :ISBN: 978-0672329463
       :Notes: Foundational book
 
+    * Title: **Practical Linux System Administration: A Guide to Installation, Configuration, and Management, 1st Edition**
+
+      :Author: Kenneth Hess
+      :Publisher: O'Reilly Media
+      :Date: May, 2023
+      :Pages: 246
+      :ISBN: 978-1098109035
+      :Notes: System administration
+
 .. _ldd3_published:
 
     * Title: **Linux Device Drivers, 3rd Edition**
diff --git a/Documentation/process/researcher-guidelines.rst b/Documentation/process/researcher-guidelines.rst
index 9fcfed3c350befc25dfafefd760a35d82657c207..d159cd4f5e5b3b0c417a22c05e461424d6f9282c 100644
--- a/Documentation/process/researcher-guidelines.rst
+++ b/Documentation/process/researcher-guidelines.rst
@@ -44,6 +44,33 @@ explicit agreement of, and full disclosure to, the individual developers
 involved. Developers cannot be interacted with/experimented on without
 consent; this, too, is standard research ethics.
 
+Surveys
+=======
+
+Research often takes the form of surveys sent to maintainers or
+contributors.  As a general rule, though, the kernel community derives
+little value from these surveys.  The kernel development process works
+because every developer benefits from their participation, even working
+with others who have different goals.  Responding to a survey, though, is a
+one-way demand placed on busy developers with no corresponding benefit to
+themselves or to the kernel community as a whole.  For this reason, this
+method of research is discouraged.
+
+Kernel community members already receive far too much email and are likely
+to perceive survey requests as just another demand on their time.  Sending
+such requests deprives the community of valuable contributor time and is
+unlikely to yield a statistically useful response.
+
+As an alternative, researchers should consider attending developer events,
+hosting sessions where the research project and its benefits to the
+participants can be explained, and interacting directly with the community
+there.  The information received will be far richer than that obtained from
+an email survey, and the community will gain from the ability to learn from
+your insights as well.
+
+Patches
+=======
+
 To help clarify: sending patches to developers *is* interacting
 with them, but they have already consented to receiving *good faith
 contributions*. Sending intentionally flawed/vulnerable patches or
diff --git a/Documentation/riscv/boot-image-header.rst b/Documentation/riscv/boot-image-header.rst
index d7752533865ff9a0a24c7b85034282169a23019d..df2ffc173e803ee2ba4a7b3b3e5d08b9371d686a 100644
--- a/Documentation/riscv/boot-image-header.rst
+++ b/Documentation/riscv/boot-image-header.rst
@@ -7,9 +7,6 @@ Boot image header in RISC-V Linux
 
 This document only describes the boot image header details for RISC-V Linux.
 
-TODO:
-  Write a complete booting guide.
-
 The following 64-byte header is present in decompressed Linux kernel image::
 
 	u32 code0;		  /* Executable code */
@@ -31,11 +28,11 @@ header in future.
 Notes
 =====
 
-- This header can also be reused to support EFI stub for RISC-V in future. EFI
-  specification needs PE/COFF image header in the beginning of the kernel image
-  in order to load it as an EFI application. In order to support EFI stub,
-  code0 should be replaced with "MZ" magic string and res3(at offset 0x3c) should
-  point to the rest of the PE/COFF header.
+- This header is also reused to support EFI stub for RISC-V. EFI specification
+  needs PE/COFF image header in the beginning of the kernel image in order to
+  load it as an EFI application. In order to support EFI stub, code0 is replaced
+  with "MZ" magic string and res3(at offset 0x3c) points to the rest of the
+  PE/COFF header.
 
 - version field indicate header version number
 
diff --git a/Documentation/riscv/boot.rst b/Documentation/riscv/boot.rst
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000000000000000000000000000000000..6077b587a842eb4f90a5405a864990a25d7d0c25
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/riscv/boot.rst
@@ -0,0 +1,169 @@
+.. SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0
+
+===============================================
+RISC-V Kernel Boot Requirements and Constraints
+===============================================
+
+:Author: Alexandre Ghiti <alexghiti@rivosinc.com>
+:Date: 23 May 2023
+
+This document describes what the RISC-V kernel expects from bootloaders and
+firmware, and also the constraints that any developer must have in mind when
+touching the early boot process. For the purposes of this document, the
+``early boot process`` refers to any code that runs before the final virtual
+mapping is set up.
+
+Pre-kernel Requirements and Constraints
+=======================================
+
+The RISC-V kernel expects the following of bootloaders and platform firmware:
+
+Register state
+--------------
+
+The RISC-V kernel expects:
+
+  * ``$a0`` to contain the hartid of the current core.
+  * ``$a1`` to contain the address of the devicetree in memory.
+
+CSR state
+---------
+
+The RISC-V kernel expects:
+
+  * ``$satp = 0``: the MMU, if present, must be disabled.
+
+Reserved memory for resident firmware
+-------------------------------------
+
+The RISC-V kernel must not map any resident memory, or memory protected with
+PMPs, in the direct mapping, so the firmware must correctly mark those regions
+as per the devicetree specification and/or the UEFI specification.
+
+Kernel location
+---------------
+
+The RISC-V kernel expects to be placed at a PMD boundary (2MB aligned for rv64
+and 4MB aligned for rv32). Note that the EFI stub will physically relocate the
+kernel if that's not the case.
+
+Hardware description
+--------------------
+
+The firmware can pass either a devicetree or ACPI tables to the RISC-V kernel.
+
+The devicetree is either passed directly to the kernel from the previous stage
+using the ``$a1`` register, or when booting with UEFI, it can be passed using the
+EFI configuration table.
+
+The ACPI tables are passed to the kernel using the EFI configuration table. In
+this case, a tiny devicetree is still created by the EFI stub. Please refer to
+"EFI stub and devicetree" section below for details about this devicetree.
+
+Kernel entry
+------------
+
+On SMP systems, there are 2 methods to enter the kernel:
+
+- ``RISCV_BOOT_SPINWAIT``: the firmware releases all harts in the kernel, one hart
+  wins a lottery and executes the early boot code while the other harts are
+  parked waiting for the initialization to finish. This method is mostly used to
+  support older firmwares without SBI HSM extension and M-mode RISC-V kernel.
+- ``Ordered booting``: the firmware releases only one hart that will execute the
+  initialization phase and then will start all other harts using the SBI HSM
+  extension. The ordered booting method is the preferred booting method for
+  booting the RISC-V kernel because it can support CPU hotplug and kexec.
+
+UEFI
+----
+
+UEFI memory map
+~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+
+When booting with UEFI, the RISC-V kernel will use only the EFI memory map to
+populate the system memory.
+
+The UEFI firmware must parse the subnodes of the ``/reserved-memory`` devicetree
+node and abide by the devicetree specification to convert the attributes of
+those subnodes (``no-map`` and ``reusable``) into their correct EFI equivalent
+(refer to section "3.5.4 /reserved-memory and UEFI" of the devicetree
+specification v0.4-rc1).
+
+RISCV_EFI_BOOT_PROTOCOL
+~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+
+When booting with UEFI, the EFI stub requires the boot hartid in order to pass
+it to the RISC-V kernel in ``$a1``. The EFI stub retrieves the boot hartid using
+one of the following methods:
+
+- ``RISCV_EFI_BOOT_PROTOCOL`` (**preferred**).
+- ``boot-hartid`` devicetree subnode (**deprecated**).
+
+Any new firmware must implement ``RISCV_EFI_BOOT_PROTOCOL`` as the devicetree
+based approach is deprecated now.
+
+Early Boot Requirements and Constraints
+=======================================
+
+The RISC-V kernel's early boot process operates under the following constraints:
+
+EFI stub and devicetree
+-----------------------
+
+When booting with UEFI, the devicetree is supplemented (or created) by the EFI
+stub with the same parameters as arm64 which are described at the paragraph
+"UEFI kernel support on ARM" in Documentation/arch/arm/uefi.rst.
+
+Virtual mapping installation
+----------------------------
+
+The installation of the virtual mapping is done in 2 steps in the RISC-V kernel:
+
+1. ``setup_vm()`` installs a temporary kernel mapping in ``early_pg_dir`` which
+   allows discovery of the system memory. Only the kernel text/data are mapped
+   at this point. When establishing this mapping, no allocation can be done
+   (since the system memory is not known yet), so ``early_pg_dir`` page table is
+   statically allocated (using only one table for each level).
+
+2. ``setup_vm_final()`` creates the final kernel mapping in ``swapper_pg_dir``
+   and takes advantage of the discovered system memory to create the linear
+   mapping. When establishing this mapping, the kernel can allocate memory but
+   cannot access it directly (since the direct mapping is not present yet), so
+   it uses temporary mappings in the fixmap region to be able to access the
+   newly allocated page table levels.
+
+For ``virt_to_phys()`` and ``phys_to_virt()`` to be able to correctly convert
+direct mapping addresses to physical addresses, they need to know the start of
+the DRAM. This happens after step 1, right before step 2 installs the direct
+mapping (see ``setup_bootmem()`` function in arch/riscv/mm/init.c). Any usage of
+those macros before the final virtual mapping is installed must be carefully
+examined.
+
+Devicetree mapping via fixmap
+-----------------------------
+
+As the ``reserved_mem`` array is initialized with virtual addresses established
+by ``setup_vm()``, and used with the mapping established by
+``setup_vm_final()``, the RISC-V kernel uses the fixmap region to map the
+devicetree. This ensures that the devicetree remains accessible by both virtual
+mappings.
+
+Pre-MMU execution
+-----------------
+
+A few pieces of code need to run before even the first virtual mapping is
+established. These are the installation of the first virtual mapping itself,
+patching of early alternatives and the early parsing of the kernel command line.
+That code must be very carefully compiled as:
+
+- ``-fno-pie``: This is needed for relocatable kernels which use ``-fPIE``,
+  since otherwise, any access to a global symbol would go through the GOT which
+  is only relocated virtually.
+- ``-mcmodel=medany``: Any access to a global symbol must be PC-relative to
+  avoid any relocations to happen before the MMU is setup.
+- *all* instrumentation must also be disabled (that includes KASAN, ftrace and
+  others).
+
+As using a symbol from a different compilation unit requires this unit to be
+compiled with those flags, we advise, as much as possible, not to use external
+symbols.
diff --git a/Documentation/riscv/hwprobe.rst b/Documentation/riscv/hwprobe.rst
index 933c715065d6f37757818523f1772b6edbd0708c..20eff9650da959dc1e38d756c6e49ebd0d7ae191 100644
--- a/Documentation/riscv/hwprobe.rst
+++ b/Documentation/riscv/hwprobe.rst
@@ -88,11 +88,11 @@ The following keys are defined:
     always extremely slow.
 
   * :c:macro:`RISCV_HWPROBE_MISALIGNED_SLOW`: Misaligned accesses are supported
-    in hardware, but are slower than the cooresponding aligned accesses
+    in hardware, but are slower than the corresponding aligned accesses
     sequences.
 
   * :c:macro:`RISCV_HWPROBE_MISALIGNED_FAST`: Misaligned accesses are supported
-    in hardware and are faster than the cooresponding aligned accesses
+    in hardware and are faster than the corresponding aligned accesses
     sequences.
 
   * :c:macro:`RISCV_HWPROBE_MISALIGNED_UNSUPPORTED`: Misaligned accesses are
diff --git a/Documentation/riscv/index.rst b/Documentation/riscv/index.rst
index 81cf6e616476a2355ff6b3b3f5e8bd35d527e717..4dab0cb4b900ff15470beb42b293debc9074197b 100644
--- a/Documentation/riscv/index.rst
+++ b/Documentation/riscv/index.rst
@@ -6,6 +6,7 @@ RISC-V architecture
     :maxdepth: 1
 
     acpi
+    boot
     boot-image-header
     vm-layout
     hwprobe
diff --git a/Documentation/riscv/vector.rst b/Documentation/riscv/vector.rst
index 165b7ed0ac4f1cd45e751154826db1426d992ab5..75dd88a62e1d843a7984e55ec90f18ca3c49dc27 100644
--- a/Documentation/riscv/vector.rst
+++ b/Documentation/riscv/vector.rst
@@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ order to support the use of the RISC-V Vector Extension.
 Two new prctl() calls are added to allow programs to manage the enablement
 status for the use of Vector in userspace. The intended usage guideline for
 these interfaces is to give init systems a way to modify the availability of V
-for processes running under its domain. Calling thess interfaces is not
+for processes running under its domain. Calling these interfaces is not
 recommended in libraries routines because libraries should not override policies
 configured from the parant process. Also, users must noted that these interfaces
 are not portable to non-Linux, nor non-RISC-V environments, so it is discourage
diff --git a/Documentation/rust/index.rst b/Documentation/rust/index.rst
index 4ae8c66b94faf92db55e9cb95569c21b4c10b382..e599be2cec9bada1e88e97846376763bc843885e 100644
--- a/Documentation/rust/index.rst
+++ b/Documentation/rust/index.rst
@@ -6,6 +6,14 @@ Rust
 Documentation related to Rust within the kernel. To start using Rust
 in the kernel, please read the quick-start.rst guide.
 
+.. only:: rustdoc and html
+
+	You can also browse `rustdoc documentation <rustdoc/kernel/index.html>`_.
+
+.. only:: not rustdoc and html
+
+	This documentation does not include rustdoc generated information.
+
 .. toctree::
     :maxdepth: 1
 
diff --git a/Documentation/scheduler/completion.rst b/Documentation/scheduler/completion.rst
index 9f039b4f4b09beb227ea8b48183801674de6e6f4..f19aca2062bd1f8556e7558c1c2b5c32487894dc 100644
--- a/Documentation/scheduler/completion.rst
+++ b/Documentation/scheduler/completion.rst
@@ -157,7 +157,7 @@ A typical usage scenario is::
 
 	/* run non-dependent code */		/* do setup */
 
-	wait_for_completion(&setup_done);	complete(setup_done);
+	wait_for_completion(&setup_done);	complete(&setup_done);
 
 This is not implying any particular order between wait_for_completion() and
 the call to complete() - if the call to complete() happened before the call
diff --git a/Documentation/scheduler/sched-bwc.rst b/Documentation/scheduler/sched-bwc.rst
index f166b182ff959b023885831b864b9ab3b646db06..41ed2ceafc92ee1b09148913e50c762c16542663 100644
--- a/Documentation/scheduler/sched-bwc.rst
+++ b/Documentation/scheduler/sched-bwc.rst
@@ -186,7 +186,7 @@ average usage, albeit over a longer time window than a single period.  This
 also limits the burst ability to no more than 1ms per cpu.  This provides
 better more predictable user experience for highly threaded applications with
 small quota limits on high core count machines. It also eliminates the
-propensity to throttle these applications while simultanously using less than
+propensity to throttle these applications while simultaneously using less than
 quota amounts of cpu. Another way to say this, is that by allowing the unused
 portion of a slice to remain valid across periods we have decreased the
 possibility of wastefully expiring quota on cpu-local silos that don't need a
diff --git a/Documentation/scheduler/sched-energy.rst b/Documentation/scheduler/sched-energy.rst
index 8fbce5e767d98066fb4fd3b1e1cf78ba2e6f1bc6..fc853c8cc346df35b90ee90dbd0501b6ac80cfd8 100644
--- a/Documentation/scheduler/sched-energy.rst
+++ b/Documentation/scheduler/sched-energy.rst
@@ -82,7 +82,7 @@ through the arch_scale_cpu_capacity() callback.
 The rest of platform knowledge used by EAS is directly read from the Energy
 Model (EM) framework. The EM of a platform is composed of a power cost table
 per 'performance domain' in the system (see Documentation/power/energy-model.rst
-for futher details about performance domains).
+for further details about performance domains).
 
 The scheduler manages references to the EM objects in the topology code when the
 scheduling domains are built, or re-built. For each root domain (rd), the
@@ -281,7 +281,7 @@ mechanism called 'over-utilization'.
 From a general standpoint, the use-cases where EAS can help the most are those
 involving a light/medium CPU utilization. Whenever long CPU-bound tasks are
 being run, they will require all of the available CPU capacity, and there isn't
-much that can be done by the scheduler to save energy without severly harming
+much that can be done by the scheduler to save energy without severely harming
 throughput. In order to avoid hurting performance with EAS, CPUs are flagged as
 'over-utilized' as soon as they are used at more than 80% of their compute
 capacity. As long as no CPUs are over-utilized in a root domain, load balancing
diff --git a/Documentation/scsi/ChangeLog.lpfc b/Documentation/scsi/ChangeLog.lpfc
index d16e6874d22381fc120a524da4c78d2a2944fdbf..ccc48b8359bf3860aa5d572fdeddaa3587ccf671 100644
--- a/Documentation/scsi/ChangeLog.lpfc
+++ b/Documentation/scsi/ChangeLog.lpfc
@@ -427,7 +427,7 @@ Changes from 20041207 to 20041213
 	* Changed version number to 8.0.17
 	* Fix sparse warnings by adding __iomem markers to lpfc_compat.h.
 	* Fix some sparse warnings -- 0 used as NULL pointer.
-	* Make sure there's a space between every if and it's (.
+	* Make sure there's a space between every if and its (.
 	* Fix some overly long lines and make sure hard tabs are used for
 	  indentation.
 	* Remove all trailing whitespace.
diff --git a/Documentation/security/digsig.rst b/Documentation/security/digsig.rst
index f6a8902d3ef7734a1d93c64136cde40e728730d1..de035f282196b547f3a4c43b08ca8a14cceeebf4 100644
--- a/Documentation/security/digsig.rst
+++ b/Documentation/security/digsig.rst
@@ -82,7 +82,7 @@ The signing and key management utilities evm-utils provide functionality
 to generate signatures, to load keys into the kernel keyring.
 Keys can be in PEM or converted to the kernel format.
 When the key is added to the kernel keyring, the keyid defines the name
-of the key: 5D2B05FC633EE3E8 in the example bellow.
+of the key: 5D2B05FC633EE3E8 in the example below.
 
 Here is example output of the keyctl utility::
 
diff --git a/Documentation/security/keys/core.rst b/Documentation/security/keys/core.rst
index 811b905b56bf7fc9455f351b90af2434f72db9a3..326b8a973828983d513ffa0e9586efc74f5966a1 100644
--- a/Documentation/security/keys/core.rst
+++ b/Documentation/security/keys/core.rst
@@ -869,7 +869,7 @@ The keyctl syscall functions are:
 
 	 - ``char *hashname`` specifies the NUL terminated string identifying
 	   the hash used from the kernel crypto API and applied for the KDF
-	   operation. The KDF implemenation complies with SP800-56A as well
+	   operation. The KDF implementation complies with SP800-56A as well
 	   as with SP800-108 (the counter KDF).
 
 	 - ``char *otherinfo`` specifies the OtherInfo data as documented in
diff --git a/Documentation/security/secrets/coco.rst b/Documentation/security/secrets/coco.rst
index 087e2d1ae38b682e11b197653b1dc5b94f367b36..a1210db8ec07f8cfaa03acee06d51ad23aa73a83 100644
--- a/Documentation/security/secrets/coco.rst
+++ b/Documentation/security/secrets/coco.rst
@@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ be use it for its own purposes.
 
 During the VM's launch, the virtual machine manager may inject a secret to that
 area.  In AMD SEV and SEV-ES this is performed using the
-``KVM_SEV_LAUNCH_SECRET`` command (see [sev]_).  The strucutre of the injected
+``KVM_SEV_LAUNCH_SECRET`` command (see [sev]_).  The structure of the injected
 Guest Owner secret data should be a GUIDed table of secret values; the binary
 format is described in ``drivers/virt/coco/efi_secret/efi_secret.c`` under
 "Structure of the EFI secret area".
diff --git a/Documentation/sphinx/cdomain.py b/Documentation/sphinx/cdomain.py
index ca8ac9e59ded4bd4bbaa7534874ceb7b08228236..a99716bf44b5538d02e00278eb569bc04228eb81 100644
--- a/Documentation/sphinx/cdomain.py
+++ b/Documentation/sphinx/cdomain.py
@@ -178,7 +178,7 @@ class CObject(Base_CObject):
         if len(arglist[0].split(" ")) > 1:
             return False
 
-        # This is a function-like macro, it's arguments are typeless!
+        # This is a function-like macro, its arguments are typeless!
         signode  += addnodes.desc_name(fullname, fullname)
         paramlist = addnodes.desc_parameterlist()
         signode  += paramlist
diff --git a/Documentation/spi/spi-lm70llp.rst b/Documentation/spi/spi-lm70llp.rst
index 0144e12d95bb1990677933c542326a610dcc62ce..2f20e5b405e66afba0ff50b233abf659884fe2a4 100644
--- a/Documentation/spi/spi-lm70llp.rst
+++ b/Documentation/spi/spi-lm70llp.rst
@@ -69,7 +69,7 @@ Interpreting this circuit, when the LM70 SI/O line is High (or tristate
 and not grounded by the host via D7), the transistor conducts and switches
 the collector to zero, which is reflected on pin 13 of the DB25 parport
 connector.  When SI/O is Low (driven by the LM70 or the host) on the other
-hand, the transistor is cut off and the voltage tied to it's collector is
+hand, the transistor is cut off and the voltage tied to its collector is
 reflected on pin 13 as a High level.
 
 So: the getmiso inline routine in this driver takes this fact into account,
diff --git a/Documentation/subsystem-apis.rst b/Documentation/subsystem-apis.rst
index b67a1b65855bb6a782a58857caee81bc384fa797..90a0535a932ac6138989b96947f9227caa919d80 100644
--- a/Documentation/subsystem-apis.rst
+++ b/Documentation/subsystem-apis.rst
@@ -10,6 +10,20 @@ is taken directly from the kernel source, with supplemental material added
 as needed (or at least as we managed to add it — probably *not* all that is
 needed).
 
+Core subsystems
+---------------
+
+.. toctree::
+   :maxdepth: 1
+
+   core-api/index
+   driver-api/index
+   mm/index
+   power/index
+   scheduler/index
+   timers/index
+   locking/index
+
 Human interfaces
 ----------------
 
@@ -22,6 +36,18 @@ Human interfaces
    gpu/index
    fb/index
 
+Networking interfaces
+---------------------
+
+.. toctree::
+   :maxdepth: 1
+
+   networking/index
+   netlabel/index
+   infiniband/index
+   isdn/index
+   mhi/index
+
 Storage interfaces
 ------------------
 
@@ -39,22 +65,13 @@ Storage interfaces
 .. toctree::
    :maxdepth: 1
 
-   driver-api/index
-   core-api/index
-   locking/index
    accounting/index
    cpu-freq/index
    fpga/index
    i2c/index
    iio/index
-   isdn/index
-   infiniband/index
    leds/index
-   netlabel/index
-   networking/index
    pcmcia/index
-   power/index
-   timers/index
    spi/index
    w1/index
    watchdog/index
@@ -63,12 +80,9 @@ Storage interfaces
    accel/index
    security/index
    crypto/index
-   mm/index
    bpf/index
    usb/index
    PCI/index
    misc-devices/index
-   scheduler/index
-   mhi/index
    peci/index
    wmi/index
diff --git a/Documentation/tools/rtla/rtla-timerlat-top.rst b/Documentation/tools/rtla/rtla-timerlat-top.rst
index 1b7cf4e3eafe7d194267cb1805a1fde4f41aaff9..ab6cb60c90839de6d3ce614d6a0a3236b3e39730 100644
--- a/Documentation/tools/rtla/rtla-timerlat-top.rst
+++ b/Documentation/tools/rtla/rtla-timerlat-top.rst
@@ -117,7 +117,7 @@ syscall in a btrfs file system.
 The raw trace is saved in the **timerlat_trace.txt** file for further analysis.
 
 Note that **rtla timerlat** was dispatched without changing *timerlat* tracer
-threads' priority. That is generally not needed because these threads hava
+threads' priority. That is generally not needed because these threads have
 priority *FIFO:95* by default, which is a common priority used by real-time
 kernel developers to analyze scheduling delays.
 
diff --git a/Documentation/trace/coresight/coresight-etm4x-reference.rst b/Documentation/trace/coresight/coresight-etm4x-reference.rst
index 70e34b8c81c1c82486ce7dce0e88699d6eaa90bc..89ac4e6fc96fd5aaf4e82d55968fa346fee56d31 100644
--- a/Documentation/trace/coresight/coresight-etm4x-reference.rst
+++ b/Documentation/trace/coresight/coresight-etm4x-reference.rst
@@ -675,7 +675,7 @@ Bit assignments shown below:-
     reconstructed using only conditional branches.
 
     There is currently no support in Perf for supplying modified binaries to the decoder, so this
-    feature is only inteded to be used for debugging purposes or with a 3rd party tool.
+    feature is only intended to be used for debugging purposes or with a 3rd party tool.
 
     Choosing this option will result in a significant increase in the amount of trace generated -
     possible danger of overflows, or fewer instructions covered. Note, that this option also
diff --git a/Documentation/trace/events.rst b/Documentation/trace/events.rst
index f5fcb8e1218f6979f50445ceed9f5de179e86f99..15f78e772384b675fa6a6df093cc64fa0c020939 100644
--- a/Documentation/trace/events.rst
+++ b/Documentation/trace/events.rst
@@ -915,7 +915,7 @@ functions can be used.
 
 To create a kprobe event, an empty or partially empty kprobe event
 should first be created using kprobe_event_gen_cmd_start().  The name
-of the event and the probe location should be specfied along with one
+of the event and the probe location should be specified along with one
 or args each representing a probe field should be supplied to this
 function.  Before calling kprobe_event_gen_cmd_start(), the user
 should create and initialize a dynevent_cmd object using
@@ -995,7 +995,7 @@ The basic idea is simple and amounts to providing a general-purpose
 layer that can be used to generate trace event commands.  The
 generated command strings can then be passed to the command-parsing
 and event creation code that already exists in the trace event
-subystem for creating the corresponding trace events.
+subsystem for creating the corresponding trace events.
 
 In a nutshell, the way it works is that the higher-level interface
 code creates a struct dynevent_cmd object, then uses a couple
@@ -1068,7 +1068,7 @@ to add an operator between the pair (here none) and a separator to be
 appended onto the end of the arg pair (here ';').
 
 There's also a dynevent_str_add() function that can be used to simply
-add a string as-is, with no spaces, delimeters, or arg check.
+add a string as-is, with no spaces, delimiters, or arg check.
 
 Any number of dynevent_*_add() calls can be made to build up the string
 (until its length surpasses cmd->maxlen).  When all the arguments have
diff --git a/Documentation/trace/fprobe.rst b/Documentation/trace/fprobe.rst
index 40dd2fbce861e76b95d1a188ad56fb1684e43986..7a895514b53794415901c6452169d379bdded30d 100644
--- a/Documentation/trace/fprobe.rst
+++ b/Documentation/trace/fprobe.rst
@@ -113,7 +113,7 @@ If the entry callback function returns !0, the corresponding exit callback will
         the instruction pointer of @regs may be different from the @entry_ip
         in the entry_handler. If you need traced instruction pointer, you need
         to use @entry_ip. On the other hand, in the exit_handler, the instruction
-        pointer of @regs is set to the currect return address.
+        pointer of @regs is set to the current return address.
 
 @entry_data
         This is a local storage to share the data between entry and exit handlers.
diff --git a/Documentation/trace/ftrace.rst b/Documentation/trace/ftrace.rst
index f606c5bd1c0d00b55907175b6b00d0bf82a14058..23572f6697c0abee8c69d63d2212ca5f0572832f 100644
--- a/Documentation/trace/ftrace.rst
+++ b/Documentation/trace/ftrace.rst
@@ -2725,7 +2725,7 @@ It is default disabled.
 
 The return value of each traced function can be displayed after
 an equal sign "=". When encountering system call failures, it
-can be verfy helpful to quickly locate the function that first
+can be very helpful to quickly locate the function that first
 returns an error code.
 
 	- hide: echo nofuncgraph-retval > trace_options
diff --git a/Documentation/trace/hwlat_detector.rst b/Documentation/trace/hwlat_detector.rst
index de94b499b0bcdf5f35c7f53967db535677409489..11b749c2a8bd9bccae8d7193b9887d742b4a05ea 100644
--- a/Documentation/trace/hwlat_detector.rst
+++ b/Documentation/trace/hwlat_detector.rst
@@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ originally written for use by the "RT" patch since the Real Time
 kernel is highly latency sensitive.
 
 SMIs are not serviced by the Linux kernel, which means that it does not
-even know that they are occuring. SMIs are instead set up by BIOS code
+even know that they are occurring. SMIs are instead set up by BIOS code
 and are serviced by BIOS code, usually for "critical" events such as
 management of thermal sensors and fans. Sometimes though, SMIs are used for
 other tasks and those tasks can spend an inordinate amount of time in the
diff --git a/Documentation/trace/rv/da_monitor_synthesis.rst b/Documentation/trace/rv/da_monitor_synthesis.rst
index 0dbdcd1e62b907918b0124a8a2215a85eb866d9c..0a92729c8a9bab1d2b89f4877d6fdd1064d6862f 100644
--- a/Documentation/trace/rv/da_monitor_synthesis.rst
+++ b/Documentation/trace/rv/da_monitor_synthesis.rst
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 Deterministic Automata Monitor Synthesis
 ========================================
 
-The starting point for the application of runtime verification (RV) technics
+The starting point for the application of runtime verification (RV) techniques
 is the *specification* or *modeling* of the desired (or undesired) behavior
 of the system under scrutiny.
 
diff --git a/Documentation/trace/rv/monitor_wwnr.rst b/Documentation/trace/rv/monitor_wwnr.rst
index 80f1777b85aacbbed31b8ccbe11c768c2b40b41c..9f739030f8269405f76bcc78a66fdbf9c5e68bd8 100644
--- a/Documentation/trace/rv/monitor_wwnr.rst
+++ b/Documentation/trace/rv/monitor_wwnr.rst
@@ -26,7 +26,7 @@ definition::
              |   running   | -+
              +-------------+
 
-This model is borken, the reason is that a task can be running
+This model is broken, the reason is that a task can be running
 in the processor without being set as RUNNABLE. Think about a
 task about to sleep::
 
diff --git a/Documentation/trace/rv/runtime-verification.rst b/Documentation/trace/rv/runtime-verification.rst
index c46b6149470ef1854c66a5c47ad8b9ff90b31a16..dae78dfa7cdc37f05083716063cf05d7eacc4723 100644
--- a/Documentation/trace/rv/runtime-verification.rst
+++ b/Documentation/trace/rv/runtime-verification.rst
@@ -31,7 +31,7 @@ In Linux terms, the runtime verification monitors are encapsulated inside the
 *RV monitor* abstraction. A *RV monitor* includes a reference model of the
 system, a set of instances of the monitor (per-cpu monitor, per-task monitor,
 and so on), and the helper functions that glue the monitor to the system via
-trace, as depicted bellow::
+trace, as depicted below::
 
  Linux   +---- RV Monitor ----------------------------------+ Formal
   Realm  |                                                  |  Realm
diff --git a/Documentation/trace/uprobetracer.rst b/Documentation/trace/uprobetracer.rst
index 122d15572fd535eccc75952a2b7d573eb8b8e671..01f6a780fb044e1ccbd989c2cb24c05912810230 100644
--- a/Documentation/trace/uprobetracer.rst
+++ b/Documentation/trace/uprobetracer.rst
@@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ Synopsis of uprobe_tracer
 
   (\*1) only for return probe.
   (\*2) this is useful for fetching a field of data structures.
-  (\*3) Unlike kprobe event, "u" prefix will just be ignored, becuse uprobe
+  (\*3) Unlike kprobe event, "u" prefix will just be ignored, because uprobe
         events can access only user-space memory.
 
 Types
diff --git a/Documentation/trace/user_events.rst b/Documentation/trace/user_events.rst
index e7b07313550a3f60e3fe26cad1f2028cd4dc6eb1..f9530d0ac5d312aa75420a4160e8e901c573b66d 100644
--- a/Documentation/trace/user_events.rst
+++ b/Documentation/trace/user_events.rst
@@ -93,7 +93,7 @@ or perf record -e user_events:[name] when attaching/recording.
 
 **NOTE:** The event subsystem name by default is "user_events". Callers should
 not assume it will always be "user_events". Operators reserve the right in the
-future to change the subsystem name per-process to accomodate event isolation.
+future to change the subsystem name per-process to accommodate event isolation.
 
 Command Format
 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
diff --git a/Documentation/translations/sp_SP/process/contribution-maturity-model.rst b/Documentation/translations/sp_SP/process/contribution-maturity-model.rst
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000000000000000000000000000000000..cc052ae8183ddd6707a699c3790b384074aa00de
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/translations/sp_SP/process/contribution-maturity-model.rst
@@ -0,0 +1,120 @@
+.. SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0
+.. include:: ../disclaimer-sp.rst
+
+:Original: Documentation/process/contribution-maturity-model.rst
+:Translator: Avadhut Naik <avadhut.naik@amd.com>
+
+====================================================
+Modelo de Madurez de Contribución al Kernel de Linux
+====================================================
+
+
+Los Antecedentes
+================
+
+Como parte de la cumbre de mantenedores del kernel de Linux 2021, hubo
+una `discusión <https://lwn.net/Articles/870581/>`_ sobre los desafíos
+en el reclutamiento de mantenedores del kernel, así como la sucesión de
+los mantenedores. Algunas de las conclusiones de esa discusión incluyeron
+que las empresas que forman parte de la comunidad del kernel de Linux
+necesitan permitir que los ingenieros sean mantenedores como parte de su
+trabajo, para que puedan convertirse en lideres respetados y finalmente,
+en mantenedores del kernel. Para apoyar una fuente solida de talento, se
+debe permitir y alentar a los desarrolladores a asumir contribuciones
+upstream, como revisar los parches de otras personas, reestructurar la
+infraestructura del kernel y escribir documentación.
+
+Con ese fin, Technical Advisory Board (TAB) de la Fundación Linux propone
+este Modelo de Madurez de Contribución al Kernel de Linux. Estas
+expectativas comunes para la participación con la comunidad upstream
+tienen como objetivo aumentar la influencia de los desarrolladores
+individuales, aumentar la colaboración de las organizaciones y mejorar
+la salud general del ecosistema del kernel de Linux.
+
+El TAB insta a las organizaciones a evaluar continuamente su modelo de
+madurez de Código Abierto y comprometerse a realizar mejoras para
+alinearse con este modelo. Para ser eficaz, esta evaluación debe
+incorporar la reacción de toda la organización, incluyendo la gerencia
+y los desarrolladores en todos los niveles de antigüedad. En el espíritu
+de Código Abierto, alentamos a las organizaciones a publicar sus
+evaluaciones y planes para mejorar su participación con la comunidad
+upstream.
+
+Nivel 0
+=======
+
+* A los ingenieros de software no se les permite contribuir con parches
+  al kernel de Linux.
+
+Nivel 1
+=======
+
+* A los ingenieros de software se les permite contribuir con parches al
+  kernel de Linux, ya sea como parte de sus responsabilidades de trabajo
+  o en su propio tiempo.
+
+Nivel 2
+=======
+
+* Se espera que los ingenieros de software contribuyan al kernel de Linux
+  como parte de sus responsabilidades de trabajo.
+* Se proporcionará apoyo a los ingenieros de software para asistir a
+  conferencias relacionadas con Linux como parte de su trabajo.
+* Las contribuciones de código upstream de un ingeniero de software se
+  considerarán en la promoción y las revisiones de rendimiento.
+
+Nivel 3
+=======
+
+* Se espera que los ingenieros de software revisen los parches (incluidos
+  los parches escritos por ingenieros de otras empresas) como parte de
+  sus responsabilidades de trabajo.
+* Contribuir con presentaciones o ponencias a conferencias relacionadas
+  con Linux o académicas (como las organizadas por la Fundación Linux,
+  Usenix, ACM, etc.), se consideran parte del trabajo de un ingeniero.
+* Las contribuciones a la comunidad de un ingeniero de software se
+  considerarán en la promoción y las revisiones de rendimiento.
+* Las organizaciones informarán regularmente sobre las métricas de sus
+  contribuciones de código abierto y harán un seguimiento de estas
+  métricas a lo largo del tiempo. Estas métricas pueden publicarse
+  solo internamente dentro de la organización, o a discreción de la
+  organización, algunas o todas pueden publicarse externamente. Las
+  métricas que se sugieren encarecidamente incluyen:
+
+  * El número de contribuciones al kernel upstream por equipo u
+    organización (por ejemplo, todas las personas que reportan a un
+    gerente o director o vicepresidente).
+  * El porcentaje de desarrolladores del kernel que han realizado
+    contribuciones upstream relativo al total de desarrolladores
+    del kernel en la organización.
+  * El intervalo de tiempo entre los kernels utilizados en los servidores
+    y/o productos de la organización y la fecha de publicación del kernel
+    upstream en el que se basa el kernel interno.
+  * El número de commits fuera del árbol de desarrollo presentes en los
+    kernels internos.
+
+Nivel 4
+=======
+
+* Se anima a los ingenieros de software a pasar una parte de su tiempo de
+  trabajo centrado en el Trabajo Ascendente, que se define como revisar
+  parches, servir en los comités de programas, mejorar la infraestructura
+  del proyecto central como escribir o mantener pruebas, reducir la deuda
+  de tecnología upstream, escribir documentación, etc.
+* Los ingenieros de software son apoyados para ayudar a organizar
+  conferencias relacionadas con Linux.
+* Las organizaciones considerarán los comentarios de los miembros de la
+  comunidad en las revisiones oficiales de rendimiento.
+
+Nivel 5
+=======
+
+* El desarrollo del kernel upstream se considera un puesto de trabajo
+  formal, con al menos un tercio del tiempo del ingeniero pasado a hacer
+  el Trabajo Ascendente.
+* Las organizaciones buscarán activamente las reacciones de los miembros
+  de la comunidad como un factor en las revisiones oficiales de
+  rendimiento.
+* Las organizaciones informarán regularmente internamente sobre la ratio
+  de trabajo upstream a trabajo enfocado en perseguir directamente los
+  objetivos comerciales.
diff --git a/Documentation/translations/sp_SP/process/index.rst b/Documentation/translations/sp_SP/process/index.rst
index 0bdeb1eb44033f1bb303a6f6beb825b42a002718..09bfece0f52fa5b42d38fb44b2ee30adc6aa416b 100644
--- a/Documentation/translations/sp_SP/process/index.rst
+++ b/Documentation/translations/sp_SP/process/index.rst
@@ -20,3 +20,5 @@
    programming-language
    deprecated
    adding-syscalls
+   researcher-guidelines
+   contribution-maturity-model
diff --git a/Documentation/translations/sp_SP/process/researcher-guidelines.rst b/Documentation/translations/sp_SP/process/researcher-guidelines.rst
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000000000000000000000000000000000..462b3290b7b83536fbd8889820c671c55bfd5496
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/translations/sp_SP/process/researcher-guidelines.rst
@@ -0,0 +1,150 @@
+.. SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0
+
+:Original: :ref:`Documentation/process/researcher-guidelines.rst`
+:Translator: Avadhut Naik <avadhut.naik@amd.com>
+
+Directrices para Investigadores
+++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++
+
+La comunidad del kernel de Linux da la bienvenida a la investigación
+transparente sobre el kernel de Linux, las actividades involucradas
+en su producción, otros subproductos de su desarrollo. Linux se
+beneficia mucho de este tipo de investigación, y la mayoría de los
+aspectos de Linux son impulsados por investigación en una forma u otra.
+
+La comunidad agradece mucho si los investigadores pueden compartir
+los hallazgos preliminares antes de hacer públicos sus resultados,
+especialmente si tal investigación involucra seguridad. Involucrarse
+temprano ayuda a mejorar la calidad de investigación y la capacidad
+de Linux para mejorar a partir de ella. En cualquier caso, se recomienda
+compartir copias de acceso abierto de la investigación publicada con
+la comunidad.
+
+Este documento busca clarificar lo que la comunidad del kernel de Linux
+considera practicas aceptables y no aceptables al llevar a cabo
+investigación de este tipo. Por lo menos, dicha investigación y
+actividades afines deben seguir las reglas estándar de ética de la
+investigación. Para más información sobre la ética de la investigación
+en general, ética en la tecnología y la investigación de las comunidades
+de desarrolladores en particular, ver:
+
+
+* `Historia de la Ética en la Investigación <https://www.unlv.edu/research/ORI-HSR/history-ethics>`_
+* `Ética de la IEEE <https://www.ieee.org/about/ethics/index.html>`_
+* `Perspectivas de Desarrolladores e Investigadores sobre la Ética de los Experimentos en Proyectos de Código Abierto <https://arxiv.org/pdf/2112.13217.pdf>`_
+
+La comunidad del kernel de Linux espera que todos los que interactúan con
+el proyecto están participando en buena fe para mejorar Linux. La
+investigación sobre cualquier artefacto disponible públicamente (incluido,
+pero no limitado a código fuente) producido por la comunidad del kernel
+de Linux es bienvenida, aunque la investigación sobre los desarrolladores
+debe ser claramente opcional.
+
+La investigación pasiva que se basa completamente en fuentes disponibles
+públicamente, incluidas las publicaciones en listas de correo públicas y
+las contribuciones a los repositorios públicos, es claramente permitida.
+Aunque, como con cualquier investigación, todavía se debe seguir la ética
+estándar.
+
+La investigación activa sobre el comportamiento de los desarrolladores,
+sin embargo, debe hacerse con el acuerdo explícito y la divulgación
+completa a los desarrolladores individuales involucrados. No se puede
+interactuar / experimentar con los desarrolladores sin consentimiento;
+esto también es ética de investigación estándar.
+
+Para ayudar a aclarar: enviar parches a los desarrolladores es interactuar
+con ellos, pero ya han dado su consentimiento para recibir contribuciones
+en buena fe. No se ha dado consentimiento para enviar parches intencionalmente
+defectuosos / vulnerables o contribuir con la información engañosa a las
+discusiones. Dicha comunicación puede ser perjudicial al desarrollador (por
+ejemplo, agotar el tiempo, el esfuerzo, y la moral) y perjudicial para el
+proyecto al erosionar la confianza de toda la comunidad de desarrolladores en
+el colaborador (y la organización del colaborador en conjunto), socavando
+los esfuerzos para proporcionar reacciones constructivas a los colaboradores
+y poniendo a los usuarios finales en riesgo de fallas de software.
+
+La participación en el desarrollo de Linux en sí mismo por parte de
+investigadores, como con cualquiera, es bienvenida y alentada. La
+investigación del código de Linux es una práctica común, especialmente
+cuando se trata de desarrollar o ejecutar herramientas de análisis que
+producen resultados procesables.
+
+Cuando se interactúa con la comunidad de desarrolladores, enviar un
+parche ha sido tradicionalmente la mejor manera para hacer un impacto.
+Linux ya tiene muchos errores conocidos – lo que es mucho más útil es
+tener soluciones verificadas. Antes de contribuir, lea cuidadosamente
+la documentación adecuada.
+
+* Documentation/process/development-process.rst
+* Documentation/process/submitting-patches.rst
+* Documentation/admin-guide/reporting-issues.rst
+* Documentation/process/security-bugs.rst
+
+Entonces envíe un parche (incluyendo un registro de confirmación con
+todos los detalles enumerados abajo) y haga un seguimiento de cualquier
+comentario de otros desarrolladores.
+
+* ¿Cuál es el problema específico que se ha encontrado?
+* ¿Como podría llegar al problema en un sistema en ejecución?
+* ¿Qué efecto tendría encontrar el problema en el sistema?
+* ¿Como se encontró el problema? Incluya específicamente detalles sobre
+  cualquier prueba, programas de análisis estáticos o dinámicos, y cualquier
+  otra herramienta o método utilizado para realizar el trabajo.
+* ¿En qué versión de Linux se encontró el problema? Se prefiere usar la
+  versión más reciente o una rama reciente de linux-next (ver
+  Documentation/process/howto.rst).
+* ¿Que se cambió para solucionar el problema y por qué se cree es correcto?
+* ¿Como se probó el cambio para la complicación y el tiempo de ejecución?
+* ¿Qué confirmación previa corrige este cambio? Esto debería ir en un “Fixes:”
+  etiqueta como se describe en la documentación.
+* ¿Quién más ha revisado este parche? Esto debería ir con la adecuada “Reviewed-by”
+  etiqueta; Vea abajo.
+
+Por ejemplo (en inglés, pues es en las listas)::
+
+  From: Author <author@email>
+  Subject: [PATCH] drivers/foo_bar: Add missing kfree()
+
+  The error path in foo_bar driver does not correctly free the allocated
+  struct foo_bar_info. This can happen if the attached foo_bar device
+  rejects the initialization packets sent during foo_bar_probe(). This
+  would result in a 64 byte slab memory leak once per device attach,
+  wasting memory resources over time.
+
+  This flaw was found using an experimental static analysis tool we are
+  developing, LeakMagic[1], which reported the following warning when
+  analyzing the v5.15 kernel release:
+
+   path/to/foo_bar.c:187: missing kfree() call?
+
+  Add the missing kfree() to the error path. No other references to
+  this memory exist outside the probe function, so this is the only
+  place it can be freed.
+
+  x86_64 and arm64 defconfig builds with CONFIG_FOO_BAR=y using GCC
+  11.2 show no new warnings, and LeakMagic no longer warns about this
+  code path. As we don't have a FooBar device to test with, no runtime
+  testing was able to be performed.
+
+  [1] https://url/to/leakmagic/details
+
+  Reported-by: Researcher <researcher@email>
+  Fixes: aaaabbbbccccdddd ("Introduce support for FooBar")
+  Signed-off-by: Author <author@email>
+  Reviewed-by: Reviewer <reviewer@email>
+
+Si usted es un colaborador por primera vez, se recomienda que el parche en
+si sea examinado por otros en privado antes de ser publicado en listas
+públicas. (Esto es necesario si se le ha dicho explícitamente que sus parches
+necesitan una revisión interna más cuidadosa.) Se espera que estas personas
+tengan su etiqueta “Reviewed-by” incluida en el parche resultante. Encontrar
+otro desarrollador con conocimiento de las contribuciones a Linux, especialmente
+dentro de su propia organización, y tener su ayuda con las revisiones antes de
+enviarlas a las listas de correo publico tiende a mejorar significativamente la
+calidad de los parches resultantes, y reduce así la carga de otros desarrolladores.
+
+Si no se puede encontrar a nadie para revisar internamente los parches y necesita
+ayuda para encontrar a esa persona, o si tiene alguna otra pregunta relacionada
+con este documento y las expectativas de la comunidad de desarrolladores, por
+favor contacte con la lista de correo privada Technical Advisory Board:
+<tech-board@lists.linux-foundation.org>.
diff --git a/Documentation/translations/zh_CN/arch/index.rst b/Documentation/translations/zh_CN/arch/index.rst
index 6fa0cb6710090f5e6d641b36781454fc13911443..e3d273d7d599ea147dc8e58aca0d0e56b446962f 100644
--- a/Documentation/translations/zh_CN/arch/index.rst
+++ b/Documentation/translations/zh_CN/arch/index.rst
@@ -8,12 +8,12 @@
 .. toctree::
    :maxdepth: 2
 
-   ../mips/index
+   mips/index
    arm64/index
    ../riscv/index
    openrisc/index
    parisc/index
-   ../loongarch/index
+   loongarch/index
 
 TODOList:
 
diff --git a/Documentation/translations/zh_CN/loongarch/booting.rst b/Documentation/translations/zh_CN/arch/loongarch/booting.rst
similarity index 94%
rename from Documentation/translations/zh_CN/loongarch/booting.rst
rename to Documentation/translations/zh_CN/arch/loongarch/booting.rst
index fb6440c438f07f5bb2a2721414fabf3bff2f02e9..d2f55872904ed9776e39eeda81d817741f451d3e 100644
--- a/Documentation/translations/zh_CN/loongarch/booting.rst
+++ b/Documentation/translations/zh_CN/arch/loongarch/booting.rst
@@ -1,8 +1,8 @@
 .. SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0
 
-.. include:: ../disclaimer-zh_CN.rst
+.. include:: ../../disclaimer-zh_CN.rst
 
-:Original: Documentation/loongarch/booting.rst
+:Original: Documentation/arch/loongarch/booting.rst
 
 :翻译:
 
diff --git a/Documentation/translations/zh_CN/loongarch/features.rst b/Documentation/translations/zh_CN/arch/loongarch/features.rst
similarity index 61%
rename from Documentation/translations/zh_CN/loongarch/features.rst
rename to Documentation/translations/zh_CN/arch/loongarch/features.rst
index 3886e635ec06fc191b1ca009ae147c2cc0ade6e6..82bfac180bdc04b4fcc3effed488fc96cdd3163d 100644
--- a/Documentation/translations/zh_CN/loongarch/features.rst
+++ b/Documentation/translations/zh_CN/arch/loongarch/features.rst
@@ -1,8 +1,8 @@
 .. SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0
 
-.. include:: ../disclaimer-zh_CN.rst
+.. include:: ../../disclaimer-zh_CN.rst
 
-:Original: Documentation/loongarch/features.rst
+:Original: Documentation/arch/loongarch/features.rst
 :Translator: Huacai Chen <chenhuacai@loongson.cn>
 
 .. kernel-feat:: $srctree/Documentation/features loongarch
diff --git a/Documentation/translations/zh_CN/loongarch/index.rst b/Documentation/translations/zh_CN/arch/loongarch/index.rst
similarity index 78%
rename from Documentation/translations/zh_CN/loongarch/index.rst
rename to Documentation/translations/zh_CN/arch/loongarch/index.rst
index 0273a08342f7f76d3c38ddc350ef39f4f7f38ca7..4bd24f5ffed195d655b36a688400a3af67535c8b 100644
--- a/Documentation/translations/zh_CN/loongarch/index.rst
+++ b/Documentation/translations/zh_CN/arch/loongarch/index.rst
@@ -1,8 +1,8 @@
 .. SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0
 
-.. include:: ../disclaimer-zh_CN.rst
+.. include:: ../../disclaimer-zh_CN.rst
 
-:Original: Documentation/loongarch/index.rst
+:Original: Documentation/arch/loongarch/index.rst
 :Translator: Huacai Chen <chenhuacai@loongson.cn>
 
 =================
diff --git a/Documentation/translations/zh_CN/loongarch/introduction.rst b/Documentation/translations/zh_CN/arch/loongarch/introduction.rst
similarity index 99%
rename from Documentation/translations/zh_CN/loongarch/introduction.rst
rename to Documentation/translations/zh_CN/arch/loongarch/introduction.rst
index 470c38ae2caf341b5c01c6d3217e6da2615f69eb..cba04befc9509f8942eb1e2b1aadc2f80fe17034 100644
--- a/Documentation/translations/zh_CN/loongarch/introduction.rst
+++ b/Documentation/translations/zh_CN/arch/loongarch/introduction.rst
@@ -1,8 +1,8 @@
 .. SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0
 
-.. include:: ../disclaimer-zh_CN.rst
+.. include:: ../../disclaimer-zh_CN.rst
 
-:Original: Documentation/loongarch/introduction.rst
+:Original: Documentation/arch/loongarch/introduction.rst
 :Translator: Huacai Chen <chenhuacai@loongson.cn>
 
 =============
diff --git a/Documentation/translations/zh_CN/loongarch/irq-chip-model.rst b/Documentation/translations/zh_CN/arch/loongarch/irq-chip-model.rst
similarity index 98%
rename from Documentation/translations/zh_CN/loongarch/irq-chip-model.rst
rename to Documentation/translations/zh_CN/arch/loongarch/irq-chip-model.rst
index fb5d23b49ed552fb5fc4ec577c8ec2acc782f401..f1e9ab18206c33c5d888ed6ff8fad5bb1b845533 100644
--- a/Documentation/translations/zh_CN/loongarch/irq-chip-model.rst
+++ b/Documentation/translations/zh_CN/arch/loongarch/irq-chip-model.rst
@@ -1,8 +1,8 @@
 .. SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0
 
-.. include:: ../disclaimer-zh_CN.rst
+.. include:: ../../disclaimer-zh_CN.rst
 
-:Original: Documentation/loongarch/irq-chip-model.rst
+:Original: Documentation/arch/loongarch/irq-chip-model.rst
 :Translator: Huacai Chen <chenhuacai@loongson.cn>
 
 ==================================
diff --git a/Documentation/translations/zh_CN/mips/booting.rst b/Documentation/translations/zh_CN/arch/mips/booting.rst
similarity index 92%
rename from Documentation/translations/zh_CN/mips/booting.rst
rename to Documentation/translations/zh_CN/arch/mips/booting.rst
index e0bbd3f2086259324fc4b94055edf12e0d5b41a3..485b57e0ca0b229944b2755f9a5ad69464060b92 100644
--- a/Documentation/translations/zh_CN/mips/booting.rst
+++ b/Documentation/translations/zh_CN/arch/mips/booting.rst
@@ -1,8 +1,8 @@
 .. SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0
 
-.. include:: ../disclaimer-zh_CN.rst
+.. include:: ../../disclaimer-zh_CN.rst
 
-:Original: Documentation/mips/booting.rst
+:Original: Documentation/arch/mips/booting.rst
 
 :翻译:
 
diff --git a/Documentation/translations/zh_CN/mips/features.rst b/Documentation/translations/zh_CN/arch/mips/features.rst
similarity index 65%
rename from Documentation/translations/zh_CN/mips/features.rst
rename to Documentation/translations/zh_CN/arch/mips/features.rst
index b61dab06ceaf423429e265968ca3be6844639f8a..da1b956e4a40f6a5d21988b853c0802011f1cd29 100644
--- a/Documentation/translations/zh_CN/mips/features.rst
+++ b/Documentation/translations/zh_CN/arch/mips/features.rst
@@ -1,8 +1,8 @@
 .. SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0
 
-.. include:: ../disclaimer-zh_CN.rst
+.. include:: ../../disclaimer-zh_CN.rst
 
-:Original: Documentation/mips/features.rst
+:Original: Documentation/arch/mips/features.rst
 
 :翻译:
 
diff --git a/Documentation/translations/zh_CN/mips/index.rst b/Documentation/translations/zh_CN/arch/mips/index.rst
similarity index 79%
rename from Documentation/translations/zh_CN/mips/index.rst
rename to Documentation/translations/zh_CN/arch/mips/index.rst
index 192c6adbb72e1a21ff6335f772eee5c8ff0b71c4..2a34217119eaf6d598a4d27255f04e9e5137b0d6 100644
--- a/Documentation/translations/zh_CN/mips/index.rst
+++ b/Documentation/translations/zh_CN/arch/mips/index.rst
@@ -1,8 +1,8 @@
 .. SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0
 
-.. include:: ../disclaimer-zh_CN.rst
+.. include:: ../../disclaimer-zh_CN.rst
 
-:Original: Documentation/mips/index.rst
+:Original: Documentation/arch/mips/index.rst
 
 :翻译:
 
diff --git a/Documentation/translations/zh_CN/mips/ingenic-tcu.rst b/Documentation/translations/zh_CN/arch/mips/ingenic-tcu.rst
similarity index 97%
rename from Documentation/translations/zh_CN/mips/ingenic-tcu.rst
rename to Documentation/translations/zh_CN/arch/mips/ingenic-tcu.rst
index ddbe149c517b2f3a1508fd00c4bf04995d5efbd0..3d599a36b57170850abac63419521812922fedab 100644
--- a/Documentation/translations/zh_CN/mips/ingenic-tcu.rst
+++ b/Documentation/translations/zh_CN/arch/mips/ingenic-tcu.rst
@@ -1,8 +1,8 @@
 .. SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0
 
-.. include:: ../disclaimer-zh_CN.rst
+.. include:: ../../disclaimer-zh_CN.rst
 
-:Original: Documentation/mips/ingenic-tcu.rst
+:Original: Documentation/arch/mips/ingenic-tcu.rst
 
 :翻译:
 
diff --git a/Documentation/translations/zh_CN/dev-tools/testing-overview.rst b/Documentation/translations/zh_CN/dev-tools/testing-overview.rst
index af65e7e93c025a15ffc197072f30245005d2b83b..69e7e4cb2002b5c13aaae2020a785826fda36c40 100644
--- a/Documentation/translations/zh_CN/dev-tools/testing-overview.rst
+++ b/Documentation/translations/zh_CN/dev-tools/testing-overview.rst
@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
 .. include:: ../disclaimer-zh_CN.rst
 
 :Original: Documentation/dev-tools/testing-overview.rst
-:Translator: 胡皓文 Hu Haowen <src.res@email.cn>
+:Translator: 胡皓文 Hu Haowen <src.res.211@gmail.com>
 
 ============
 内核测试指南
diff --git a/Documentation/translations/zh_CN/mm/hugetlbfs_reserv.rst b/Documentation/translations/zh_CN/mm/hugetlbfs_reserv.rst
index 0f7e7fb5ca8cd3cf62c4e6145ae348d8515cd6db..20947f8bd06546be95141c15d82d42273b35289b 100644
--- a/Documentation/translations/zh_CN/mm/hugetlbfs_reserv.rst
+++ b/Documentation/translations/zh_CN/mm/hugetlbfs_reserv.rst
@@ -296,7 +296,7 @@ COW和预留
    调用代码执行全局检查和分配,以确定是否有足够的巨页使操作成功。
 
 2)
-  a) 如果操作能够成功,regi_add()将被调用,以实际修改先前传递给regi_chg()的相同范围
+  a) 如果操作能够成功,region_add()将被调用,以实际修改先前传递给region_chg()的相同范围
      [f, t]的预留映射。
   b) 如果操作不能成功,region_abort被调用,在相同的范围[f, t]内中止操作。
 
@@ -307,7 +307,7 @@ COW和预留
 如上所述,region_chg()确定该范围内当前没有在映射中表示的页面的数量。region_add()返回添加
 到映射中的范围内的页数。在大多数情况下, region_add() 的返回值与 region_chg() 的返回值相
 同。然而,在共享映射的情况下,有可能在调用 region_chg() 和 region_add() 之间对预留映射进
-行更改。在这种情况下,regi_add()的返回值将与regi_chg()的返回值不符。在这种情况下,全局计数
+行更改。在这种情况下,region_add()的返回值将与region_chg()的返回值不符。在这种情况下,全局计数
 和子池计数很可能是不正确的,需要调整。检查这种情况并进行适当的调整是调用者的责任。
 
 函数region_del()被调用以从预留映射中移除区域。
diff --git a/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/IRQ.txt b/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/IRQ.txt
index 73d435a0d1e7e441c6bcf635a7cddb70ca9a3681..fd78ca72029808f7d9bc61041dc1298ce3250e51 100644
--- a/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/IRQ.txt
+++ b/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/IRQ.txt
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ help.  Contact the Chinese maintainer if this translation is outdated
 or if there is a problem with the translation.
 
 Maintainer: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederman@xmission.com>
-Traditional Chinese maintainer: Hu Haowen <src.res@email.cn>
+Traditional Chinese maintainer: Hu Haowen <src.res.211@gmail.com>
 ---------------------------------------------------------------------
 Documentation/core-api/irq/index.rst 的繁體中文翻譯
 
@@ -16,9 +16,9 @@ Documentation/core-api/irq/index.rst 的繁體中文翻譯
 者翻譯存在問題,請聯繫繁體中文版維護者。
 
 英文版維護者: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederman@xmission.com>
-繁體中文版維護者: 胡皓文 Hu Haowen <src.res@email.cn>
-繁體中文版翻譯者: 胡皓文 Hu Haowen <src.res@email.cn>
-繁體中文版校譯者: 胡皓文 Hu Haowen <src.res@email.cn>
+繁體中文版維護者: 胡皓文 Hu Haowen <src.res.211@gmail.com>
+繁體中文版翻譯者: 胡皓文 Hu Haowen <src.res.211@gmail.com>
+繁體中文版校譯者: 胡皓文 Hu Haowen <src.res.211@gmail.com>
 
 
 以下爲正文
diff --git a/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/admin-guide/README.rst b/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/admin-guide/README.rst
index 6ce97edbab37f58cbcb7aefa736555358bc2c79d..7fc56e1e3348642772003e4e9d3c648b6b730718 100644
--- a/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/admin-guide/README.rst
+++ b/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/admin-guide/README.rst
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
 :譯者:
 
  吳想成 Wu XiangCheng <bobwxc@email.cn>
- 胡皓文 Hu Haowen <src.res@email.cn>
+ 胡皓文 Hu Haowen <src.res.211@gmail.com>
 
 Linux內核5.x版本 <http://kernel.org/>
 =========================================
diff --git a/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/admin-guide/bug-bisect.rst b/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/admin-guide/bug-bisect.rst
index 41a39aebb8d6d47a35883ec8adf2e704993d562d..b448dbf5ac871ffc2f6a303156c0897e80b505ba 100644
--- a/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/admin-guide/bug-bisect.rst
+++ b/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/admin-guide/bug-bisect.rst
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
 :譯者:
 
  吳想成 Wu XiangCheng <bobwxc@email.cn>
- 胡皓文 Hu Haowen <src.res@email.cn>
+ 胡皓文 Hu Haowen <src.res.211@gmail.com>
 
 二分(bisect)缺陷
 +++++++++++++++++++
diff --git a/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/admin-guide/bug-hunting.rst b/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/admin-guide/bug-hunting.rst
index 4d813aec77d2789597bfeb8c33f71161313a6865..9a3de3bff5e78f80047c719ba914236be0768e4a 100644
--- a/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/admin-guide/bug-hunting.rst
+++ b/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/admin-guide/bug-hunting.rst
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
 :譯者:
 
  吳想成 Wu XiangCheng <bobwxc@email.cn>
- 胡皓文 Hu Haowen <src.res@email.cn>
+ 胡皓文 Hu Haowen <src.res.211@gmail.com>
 
 追蹤缺陷
 =========
diff --git a/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/admin-guide/clearing-warn-once.rst b/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/admin-guide/clearing-warn-once.rst
index bdc1a22046cf79c27d2de0afa3929bd0cbdfde5c..bd0c08aab8ea9c1e75959eb482aea1f3130dd2e9 100644
--- a/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/admin-guide/clearing-warn-once.rst
+++ b/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/admin-guide/clearing-warn-once.rst
@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
 
 .. include:: ../disclaimer-zh_TW.rst
 
-:Translator: 胡皓文 Hu Haowen <src.res@email.cn>
+:Translator: 胡皓文 Hu Haowen <src.res.211@gmail.com>
 
 清除 WARN_ONCE
 --------------
diff --git a/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/admin-guide/cpu-load.rst b/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/admin-guide/cpu-load.rst
index be087cef196736abead25c950e403cdaad34746b..9e04aeac1a5c4bbd7905ee2ef29d835fcd32c258 100644
--- a/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/admin-guide/cpu-load.rst
+++ b/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/admin-guide/cpu-load.rst
@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
 
 .. include:: ../disclaimer-zh_TW.rst
 
-:Translator: 胡皓文 Hu Haowen <src.res@email.cn>
+:Translator: 胡皓文 Hu Haowen <src.res.211@gmail.com>
 
 ========
 CPU 負載
diff --git a/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/admin-guide/index.rst b/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/admin-guide/index.rst
index 293c2024578335edbbabcfee615139db1c26cd8d..2804d619201da95729e2e3ba2c9ba67429d820fe 100644
--- a/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/admin-guide/index.rst
+++ b/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/admin-guide/index.rst
@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
 .. include:: ../disclaimer-zh_TW.rst
 
 :Original: :doc:`../../../admin-guide/index`
-:Translator: 胡皓文 Hu Haowen <src.res@email.cn>
+:Translator: 胡皓文 Hu Haowen <src.res.211@gmail.com>
 
 Linux 內核用戶和管理員指南
 ==========================
diff --git a/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/admin-guide/init.rst b/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/admin-guide/init.rst
index 32cdf134948f1015f8b46a7aecb635bf6233c2d5..db3fdf61108098cc36f800762a5c10053c613e30 100644
--- a/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/admin-guide/init.rst
+++ b/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/admin-guide/init.rst
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
 :譯者:
 
  吳想成 Wu XiangCheng <bobwxc@email.cn>
- 胡皓文 Hu Haowen <src.res@email.cn>
+ 胡皓文 Hu Haowen <src.res.211@gmail.com>
 
 解釋「No working init found.」啓動掛起消息
 ==========================================
diff --git a/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/admin-guide/reporting-issues.rst b/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/admin-guide/reporting-issues.rst
index 27638e199f13d24a708ce8d3b5a04dc889e19ba0..ea51342879c025574ad8b4ee2d3aecfca0251d0f 100644
--- a/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/admin-guide/reporting-issues.rst
+++ b/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/admin-guide/reporting-issues.rst
@@ -16,7 +16,7 @@
 :譯者:
 
  吳想成 Wu XiangCheng <bobwxc@email.cn>
- 胡皓文 Hu Haowen <src.res@email.cn>
+ 胡皓文 Hu Haowen <src.res.211@gmail.com>
 
 
 報告問題
diff --git a/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/admin-guide/security-bugs.rst b/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/admin-guide/security-bugs.rst
index 15f8e900507180c9a8dc2c1f012636ec8f6649aa..65c8dd24c96dbe02730f5f924104395616714239 100644
--- a/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/admin-guide/security-bugs.rst
+++ b/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/admin-guide/security-bugs.rst
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
 :譯者:
 
  吳想成 Wu XiangCheng <bobwxc@email.cn>
- 胡皓文 Hu Haowen <src.res@email.cn>
+ 胡皓文 Hu Haowen <src.res.211@gmail.com>
 
 安全缺陷
 =========
diff --git a/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/admin-guide/tainted-kernels.rst b/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/admin-guide/tainted-kernels.rst
index d7b3c42764177c7ffe4811695363bc13cbed2296..ebe3812ead82719b87799d6f1bab611134799b2b 100644
--- a/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/admin-guide/tainted-kernels.rst
+++ b/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/admin-guide/tainted-kernels.rst
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
 :譯者:
 
  吳想成 Wu XiangCheng <bobwxc@email.cn>
- 胡皓文 Hu Haowen <src.res@email.cn>
+ 胡皓文 Hu Haowen <src.res.211@gmail.com>
 
 受汙染的內核
 -------------
diff --git a/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/admin-guide/unicode.rst b/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/admin-guide/unicode.rst
index 720875be5ef8e6a0da03bf35c4621335cadf0307..7908b369b85bda09baa770efe581afe76b2ee400 100644
--- a/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/admin-guide/unicode.rst
+++ b/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/admin-guide/unicode.rst
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
 :譯者:
 
  吳想成 Wu XiangCheng <bobwxc@email.cn>
- 胡皓文 Hu Haowen <src.res@email.cn>
+ 胡皓文 Hu Haowen <src.res.211@gmail.com>
 
 Unicode(統一碼)支持
 ======================
diff --git a/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/arch/arm64/amu.rst b/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/arch/arm64/amu.rst
index f947a6c7369f7c0b4b41695aa77bbb7f50cb6338..21ac0db638895469d552702b2d90111433218b79 100644
--- a/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/arch/arm64/amu.rst
+++ b/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/arch/arm64/amu.rst
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 :Original: :ref:`Documentation/arch/arm64/amu.rst <amu_index>`
 
 Translator: Bailu Lin <bailu.lin@vivo.com>
-            Hu Haowen <src.res@email.cn>
+            Hu Haowen <src.res.211@gmail.com>
 
 ==================================
 AArch64 Linux 中擴展的活動監控單元
diff --git a/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/arch/arm64/booting.txt b/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/arch/arm64/booting.txt
index 24817b8b70cd037842a224bd9d45ef5b8546c535..3cc8f593e0063a9d82ee889eec9a4da7770a3b4e 100644
--- a/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/arch/arm64/booting.txt
+++ b/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/arch/arm64/booting.txt
@@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ or if there is a problem with the translation.
 
 M:	Will Deacon <will.deacon@arm.com>
 zh_CN:	Fu Wei <wefu@redhat.com>
-zh_TW:	Hu Haowen <src.res@email.cn>
+zh_TW:	Hu Haowen <src.res.211@gmail.com>
 C:	55f058e7574c3615dea4615573a19bdb258696c6
 ---------------------------------------------------------------------
 Documentation/arch/arm64/booting.rst 的中文翻譯
@@ -23,7 +23,7 @@ Documentation/arch/arm64/booting.rst 的中文翻譯
 中文版維護者: 傅煒  Fu Wei <wefu@redhat.com>
 中文版翻譯者: 傅煒  Fu Wei <wefu@redhat.com>
 中文版校譯者: 傅煒  Fu Wei <wefu@redhat.com>
-繁體中文版校譯者: 胡皓文  Hu Haowen <src.res@email.cn>
+繁體中文版校譯者: 胡皓文  Hu Haowen <src.res.211@gmail.com>
 本文翻譯提交時的 Git 檢出點爲: 55f058e7574c3615dea4615573a19bdb258696c6
 
 以下爲正文
diff --git a/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/arch/arm64/elf_hwcaps.rst b/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/arch/arm64/elf_hwcaps.rst
index fca3c6ff7b939b69f39a95c750e87156604edf88..ca7ff749a67b25a3caa40bc46bf99df7a954b8ef 100644
--- a/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/arch/arm64/elf_hwcaps.rst
+++ b/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/arch/arm64/elf_hwcaps.rst
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 :Original: :ref:`Documentation/arch/arm64/elf_hwcaps.rst <elf_hwcaps_index>`
 
 Translator: Bailu Lin <bailu.lin@vivo.com>
-            Hu Haowen <src.res@email.cn>
+            Hu Haowen <src.res.211@gmail.com>
 
 ================
 ARM64 ELF hwcaps
diff --git a/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/arch/arm64/hugetlbpage.rst b/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/arch/arm64/hugetlbpage.rst
index 10feb329dfb8432689b28435b2c43893959081df..a17858c978d622d8b7b4a3f4ab21f8f148b8ca42 100644
--- a/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/arch/arm64/hugetlbpage.rst
+++ b/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/arch/arm64/hugetlbpage.rst
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 :Original: :ref:`Documentation/arch/arm64/hugetlbpage.rst <hugetlbpage_index>`
 
 Translator: Bailu Lin <bailu.lin@vivo.com>
-            Hu Haowen <src.res@email.cn>
+            Hu Haowen <src.res.211@gmail.com>
 
 =====================
 ARM64中的 HugeTLBpage
diff --git a/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/arch/arm64/index.rst b/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/arch/arm64/index.rst
index 68befee14b99aae4797a3b872b1a19b1ed1c80ab..a62b5f06b66c51cf9089c0d658d40dafab4317b8 100644
--- a/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/arch/arm64/index.rst
+++ b/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/arch/arm64/index.rst
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 
 :Original: :ref:`Documentation/arch/arm64/index.rst <arm64_index>`
 :Translator: Bailu Lin <bailu.lin@vivo.com>
-             Hu Haowen <src.res@email.cn>
+             Hu Haowen <src.res.211@gmail.com>
 
 .. _tw_arm64_index:
 
diff --git a/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/arch/arm64/legacy_instructions.txt b/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/arch/arm64/legacy_instructions.txt
index 3c915df9836c3153ca9579f2fe8259048c6be4b6..c2d02cd5017d0b45ad49b23cd87de5261ff60fcc 100644
--- a/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/arch/arm64/legacy_instructions.txt
+++ b/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/arch/arm64/legacy_instructions.txt
@@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ or if there is a problem with the translation.
 Maintainer: Punit Agrawal <punit.agrawal@arm.com>
             Suzuki K. Poulose <suzuki.poulose@arm.com>
 Chinese maintainer: Fu Wei <wefu@redhat.com>
-Traditional Chinese maintainer: Hu Haowen <src.res@email.cn>
+Traditional Chinese maintainer: Hu Haowen <src.res.211@gmail.com>
 ---------------------------------------------------------------------
 Documentation/arch/arm64/legacy_instructions.rst 的中文翻譯
 
@@ -26,7 +26,7 @@ Documentation/arch/arm64/legacy_instructions.rst 的中文翻譯
 中文版維護者: 傅煒  Fu Wei <wefu@redhat.com>
 中文版翻譯者: 傅煒  Fu Wei <wefu@redhat.com>
 中文版校譯者: 傅煒  Fu Wei <wefu@redhat.com>
-繁體中文版校譯者:胡皓文  Hu Haowen <src.res@email.cn>
+繁體中文版校譯者:胡皓文  Hu Haowen <src.res.211@gmail.com>
 
 以下爲正文
 ---------------------------------------------------------------------
diff --git a/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/arch/arm64/memory.txt b/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/arch/arm64/memory.txt
index 2437380a26d8a52573bc6cb95c14e7a0fb519c93..0280200e791f088e3b5b28721dbce13ed3e9ae7f 100644
--- a/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/arch/arm64/memory.txt
+++ b/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/arch/arm64/memory.txt
@@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ or if there is a problem with the translation.
 
 Maintainer: Catalin Marinas <catalin.marinas@arm.com>
 Chinese maintainer: Fu Wei <wefu@redhat.com>
-Traditional Chinese maintainer: Hu Haowen <src.res@email.cn>
+Traditional Chinese maintainer: Hu Haowen <src.res.211@gmail.com>
 ---------------------------------------------------------------------
 Documentation/arch/arm64/memory.rst 的中文翻譯
 
@@ -24,7 +24,7 @@ Documentation/arch/arm64/memory.rst 的中文翻譯
 中文版維護者: 傅煒  Fu Wei <wefu@redhat.com>
 中文版翻譯者: 傅煒  Fu Wei <wefu@redhat.com>
 中文版校譯者: 傅煒  Fu Wei <wefu@redhat.com>
-繁體中文版校譯者: 胡皓文  Hu Haowen <src.res@email.cn>
+繁體中文版校譯者: 胡皓文  Hu Haowen <src.res.211@gmail.com>
 
 以下爲正文
 ---------------------------------------------------------------------
diff --git a/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/arch/arm64/perf.rst b/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/arch/arm64/perf.rst
index 3b39997a52ebb7a0530495b9e3e54a03fe895e59..645f3944a0f4ac3337cd57acfea9d8e80d21029e 100644
--- a/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/arch/arm64/perf.rst
+++ b/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/arch/arm64/perf.rst
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 :Original: :ref:`Documentation/arch/arm64/perf.rst <perf_index>`
 
 Translator: Bailu Lin <bailu.lin@vivo.com>
-            Hu Haowen <src.res@email.cn>
+            Hu Haowen <src.res.211@gmail.com>
 
 =============
 Perf 事件屬性
diff --git a/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/arch/arm64/silicon-errata.txt b/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/arch/arm64/silicon-errata.txt
index 66c3a350645863061237a10dd66a296c71cd1cdd..f6f41835a54afb3eab1404a3cb3c0b3fc1acea9a 100644
--- a/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/arch/arm64/silicon-errata.txt
+++ b/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/arch/arm64/silicon-errata.txt
@@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ or if there is a problem with the translation.
 
 M:	Will Deacon <will.deacon@arm.com>
 zh_CN:	Fu Wei <wefu@redhat.com>
-zh_TW:	Hu Haowen <src.res@email.cn>
+zh_TW:	Hu Haowen <src.res.211@gmail.com>
 C:	1926e54f115725a9248d0c4c65c22acaf94de4c4
 ---------------------------------------------------------------------
 Documentation/arch/arm64/silicon-errata.rst 的中文翻譯
@@ -23,7 +23,7 @@ Documentation/arch/arm64/silicon-errata.rst 的中文翻譯
 中文版維護者: 傅煒  Fu Wei <wefu@redhat.com>
 中文版翻譯者: 傅煒  Fu Wei <wefu@redhat.com>
 中文版校譯者: 傅煒  Fu Wei <wefu@redhat.com>
-繁體中文版校譯者: 胡皓文  Hu Haowen <src.res@email.cn>
+繁體中文版校譯者: 胡皓文  Hu Haowen <src.res.211@gmail.com>
 本文翻譯提交時的 Git 檢出點爲: 1926e54f115725a9248d0c4c65c22acaf94de4c4
 
 以下爲正文
diff --git a/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/arch/arm64/tagged-pointers.txt b/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/arch/arm64/tagged-pointers.txt
index b7f683f20ed1402285c3dfae507b703a3d4c7554..c0be1d1e0d01ee05dd00042503f78efb3aa3ef18 100644
--- a/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/arch/arm64/tagged-pointers.txt
+++ b/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/arch/arm64/tagged-pointers.txt
@@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ or if there is a problem with the translation.
 
 Maintainer: Will Deacon <will.deacon@arm.com>
 Chinese maintainer: Fu Wei <wefu@redhat.com>
-Traditional Chinese maintainer: Hu Haowen <src.res@email.cn>
+Traditional Chinese maintainer: Hu Haowen <src.res.211@gmail.com>
 ---------------------------------------------------------------------
 Documentation/arch/arm64/tagged-pointers.rst 的中文翻譯
 
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ Documentation/arch/arm64/tagged-pointers.rst 的中文翻譯
 中文版維護者: 傅煒  Fu Wei <wefu@redhat.com>
 中文版翻譯者: 傅煒  Fu Wei <wefu@redhat.com>
 中文版校譯者: 傅煒  Fu Wei <wefu@redhat.com>
-繁體中文版校譯者: 胡皓文  Hu Haowen <src.res@email.cn>
+繁體中文版校譯者: 胡皓文  Hu Haowen <src.res.211@gmail.com>
 
 以下爲正文
 ---------------------------------------------------------------------
diff --git a/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/cpu-freq/core.rst b/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/cpu-freq/core.rst
index 3d890c2f2a611bb84842530ff7416225e9ea2bd8..f1951e1b23bb041a6c9fd78f9808dccf593285a1 100644
--- a/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/cpu-freq/core.rst
+++ b/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/cpu-freq/core.rst
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 
 :Original: :doc:`../../../cpu-freq/core`
 :Translator: Yanteng Si <siyanteng@loongson.cn>
-             Hu Haowen <src.res@email.cn>
+             Hu Haowen <src.res.211@gmail.com>
 
 .. _tw_core.rst:
 
diff --git a/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/cpu-freq/cpu-drivers.rst b/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/cpu-freq/cpu-drivers.rst
index 2bb8197cd3209e059695349518c2512ad06614e5..671b1bf0e2c5021d8e47528d5f020d2c6491c693 100644
--- a/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/cpu-freq/cpu-drivers.rst
+++ b/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/cpu-freq/cpu-drivers.rst
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 
 :Original: :doc:`../../../cpu-freq/cpu-drivers`
 :Translator: Yanteng Si <siyanteng@loongson.cn>
-             Hu Haowen <src.res@email.cn>
+             Hu Haowen <src.res.211@gmail.com>
 
 .. _tw_cpu-drivers.rst:
 
diff --git a/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/cpu-freq/cpufreq-stats.rst b/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/cpu-freq/cpufreq-stats.rst
index d80bfed50e8ca178a56ceced1c6d8157745c0136..49088becd5faf006551cb693846c42be4842657b 100644
--- a/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/cpu-freq/cpufreq-stats.rst
+++ b/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/cpu-freq/cpufreq-stats.rst
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 
 :Original: :doc:`../../../cpu-freq/cpufreq-stats`
 :Translator: Yanteng Si <siyanteng@loongson.cn>
-             Hu Haowen <src.res@email.cn>
+             Hu Haowen <src.res.211@gmail.com>
 
 .. _tw_cpufreq-stats.rst:
 
diff --git a/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/cpu-freq/index.rst b/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/cpu-freq/index.rst
index 1a8e680f95edfde2887cc9f522519ecb9760a3a2..c6cf825b57a5cec545a4694c55313b0c2466cb5e 100644
--- a/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/cpu-freq/index.rst
+++ b/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/cpu-freq/index.rst
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 
 :Original: :doc:`../../../cpu-freq/index`
 :Translator: Yanteng Si <siyanteng@loongson.cn>
-             Hu Haowen <src.res@email.cn>
+             Hu Haowen <src.res.211@gmail.com>
 
 .. _tw_index.rst:
 
diff --git a/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/disclaimer-zh_TW.rst b/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/disclaimer-zh_TW.rst
index f4cf87d03dc5ec2a385aeb0060d22d5ac9182716..0d0ffb1ca4e8eac6da43c017d64325267dbe1254 100644
--- a/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/disclaimer-zh_TW.rst
+++ b/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/disclaimer-zh_TW.rst
@@ -7,5 +7,5 @@
 
 .. note::
      如果您發現本文檔與原始文件有任何不同或者有翻譯問題,請聯繫該文件的譯者,
-     或者發送電子郵件給胡皓文以獲取幫助:<src.res@email.cn>。
+     或者發送電子郵件給胡皓文以獲取幫助:<src.res.211@gmail.com>。
 
diff --git a/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/filesystems/debugfs.rst b/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/filesystems/debugfs.rst
index 270dd94fddf1dd7252613189b80fa1e661bd7091..ddf801943c9207c9bb4950dda61114df14bbca01 100644
--- a/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/filesystems/debugfs.rst
+++ b/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/filesystems/debugfs.rst
@@ -14,12 +14,12 @@ Debugfs
 	中文版維護者:羅楚成 Chucheng Luo <luochucheng@vivo.com>
 	中文版翻譯者:羅楚成 Chucheng Luo <luochucheng@vivo.com>
 	中文版校譯者: 羅楚成 Chucheng Luo <luochucheng@vivo.com>
-	繁體中文版校譯者: 胡皓文 Hu Haowen <src.res@email.cn>
+	繁體中文版校譯者: 胡皓文 Hu Haowen <src.res.211@gmail.com>
 
 
 
 版權所有2020 羅楚成 <luochucheng@vivo.com>
-版權所有2021 胡皓文 Hu Haowen <src.res@email.cn>
+版權所有2021 胡皓文 Hu Haowen <src.res.211@gmail.com>
 
 
 Debugfs是內核開發人員在用戶空間獲取信息的簡單方法。與/proc不同,proc只提供進程
diff --git a/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/filesystems/index.rst b/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/filesystems/index.rst
index 4e5dde0dca3cbae2e36bb3d20e3cc35adf2e45b2..789e742fa3c5aa62f11955638d143b2d7202e048 100644
--- a/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/filesystems/index.rst
+++ b/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/filesystems/index.rst
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 
 :Original: :ref:`Documentation/filesystems/index.rst <filesystems_index>`
 :Translator: Wang Wenhu <wenhu.wang@vivo.com>
-             Hu Haowen <src.res@email.cn>
+             Hu Haowen <src.res.211@gmail.com>
 
 .. _tw_filesystems_index:
 
diff --git a/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/filesystems/sysfs.txt b/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/filesystems/sysfs.txt
index 280824cc7e5ddd3deb73403dbacd606e6887aa92..a84eba2af9d330c7c92a8189a204b1751546394f 100644
--- a/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/filesystems/sysfs.txt
+++ b/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/filesystems/sysfs.txt
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ Documentation/filesystems/sysfs.rst 的中文翻譯
 中文版維護者: 傅煒 Fu Wei <tekkamanninja@gmail.com>
 中文版翻譯者: 傅煒 Fu Wei <tekkamanninja@gmail.com>
 中文版校譯者: 傅煒 Fu Wei <tekkamanninja@gmail.com>
-繁體中文版校譯者:胡皓文 Hu Haowen <src.res@email.cn>
+繁體中文版校譯者:胡皓文 Hu Haowen <src.res.211@gmail.com>
 
 
 以下爲正文
diff --git a/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/filesystems/tmpfs.rst b/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/filesystems/tmpfs.rst
index 8d753a34785ba9396e65ea15742af795d65e7d20..2c8439b2b77e49f4677257dde1bf44ca47796736 100644
--- a/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/filesystems/tmpfs.rst
+++ b/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/filesystems/tmpfs.rst
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 :Original: Documentation/filesystems/tmpfs.rst
 
 Translated by Wang Qing <wangqing@vivo.com>
-and Hu Haowen <src.res@email.cn>
+and Hu Haowen <src.res.211@gmail.com>
 
 =====
 Tmpfs
diff --git a/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/filesystems/virtiofs.rst b/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/filesystems/virtiofs.rst
index 2b05e84375dd8e998682c8608c511792c3ce2f2b..086fce5839ddcb158fb75c549bc452f5213c025f 100644
--- a/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/filesystems/virtiofs.rst
+++ b/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/filesystems/virtiofs.rst
@@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
 	中文版翻譯者: 王文虎 Wang Wenhu <wenhu.wang@vivo.com>
 	中文版校譯者: 王文虎 Wang Wenhu <wenhu.wang@vivo.com>
 	中文版校譯者: 王文虎 Wang Wenhu <wenhu.wang@vivo.com>
-	繁體中文版校譯者:胡皓文 Hu Haowen <src.res@email.cn>
+	繁體中文版校譯者:胡皓文 Hu Haowen <src.res.211@gmail.com>
 
 ===========================================
 virtiofs: virtio-fs 主機<->客機共享文件系統
diff --git a/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/gpio.txt b/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/gpio.txt
index b93788a2628b6af6b0a94d5a489d532c905d9c7f..555e4b11a5c7d70a2dba6154f99d7867d972eb8d 100644
--- a/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/gpio.txt
+++ b/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/gpio.txt
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ or if there is a problem with the translation.
 
 Maintainer: Grant Likely <grant.likely@secretlab.ca>
 		Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@linaro.org>
-Traditional Chinese maintainer: Hu Haowen <src.res@email.cn>
+Traditional Chinese maintainer: Hu Haowen <src.res.211@gmail.com>
 ---------------------------------------------------------------------
 Documentation/admin-guide/gpio 的繁體中文翻譯
 
@@ -18,9 +18,9 @@ Documentation/admin-guide/gpio 的繁體中文翻譯
 
 英文版維護者: Grant Likely <grant.likely@secretlab.ca>
 		Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@linaro.org>
-繁體中文版維護者: 胡皓文 Hu Haowen <src.res@email.cn>
-繁體中文版翻譯者: 胡皓文 Hu Haowen <src.res@email.cn>
-繁體中文版校譯者: 胡皓文 Hu Haowen <src.res@email.cn>
+繁體中文版維護者: 胡皓文 Hu Haowen <src.res.211@gmail.com>
+繁體中文版翻譯者: 胡皓文 Hu Haowen <src.res.211@gmail.com>
+繁體中文版校譯者: 胡皓文 Hu Haowen <src.res.211@gmail.com>
 
 以下爲正文
 ---------------------------------------------------------------------
diff --git a/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/index.rst b/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/index.rst
index e7c83868e78040a1a68a132715259d8839f4438f..d1cf0b4d8e46d92584a8437e503d783f91fabb7f 100644
--- a/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/index.rst
+++ b/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/index.rst
@@ -15,159 +15,115 @@
 
 .. note::
    內核文檔繁體中文版的翻譯工作正在進行中。如果您願意並且有時間參與這項工
-   作,歡迎提交補丁給胡皓文 <src.res@email.cn>。
+   作,歡迎提交補丁給胡皓文 <src.res.211@gmail.com>。
 
-許可證文檔
-----------
-
-下面的文檔介紹了Linux內核原始碼的許可證(GPLv2)、如何在原始碼樹中正確標記
-單個文件的許可證、以及指向完整許可證文本的連結。
-
-Documentation/translations/zh_TW/process/license-rules.rst
+與Linux 內核社區一起工作
+------------------------
 
-用戶文檔
---------
-
-下面的手冊是爲內核用戶編寫的——即那些試圖讓它在給定系統上以最佳方式工作的
-用戶。
+與內核開發社區進行協作並將工作推向上游的基本指南。
 
 .. toctree::
-   :maxdepth: 2
+   :maxdepth: 1
 
-   admin-guide/index
+   process/development-process
+   process/submitting-patches
+   行爲準則 <process/code-of-conduct>
+   完整開發流程文檔 <process/index>
 
 TODOList:
 
-* kbuild/index
+* maintainer/index
 
-固件相關文檔
-------------
+內部API文檔
+-----------
 
-下列文檔描述了內核需要的平台固件相關信息。
+開發人員使用的內核內部交互接口手冊。
 
 TODOList:
 
-* firmware-guide/index
-* devicetree/index
-
-應用程式開發人員文檔
---------------------
-
-用戶空間API手冊涵蓋了描述應用程式開發人員可見內核接口方面的文檔。
-
-TODOlist:
-
-* userspace-api/index
+* core-api/index
+* driver-api/index
+* 內核中的鎖 <locking/index>
+* subsystem-apis
 
-內核開發簡介
-------------
+開發工具和流程
+--------------
 
-這些手冊包含有關如何開發內核的整體信息。內核社區非常龐大,一年下來有數千名
-開發人員做出貢獻。與任何大型社區一樣,知道如何完成任務將使得更改合併的過程
-變得更加容易。
+爲所有內核開發人員提供有用信息的各種其他手冊。
 
 .. toctree::
-   :maxdepth: 2
+   :maxdepth: 1
 
-   process/index
+   process/license-rules
 
 TODOList:
 
-* dev-tools/index
 * doc-guide/index
+* dev-tools/index
+* dev-tools/testing-overview
 * kernel-hacking/index
+* rust/index
 * trace/index
-* maintainer/index
 * fault-injection/index
 * livepatch/index
-* rust/index
 
-內核API文檔
------------
+面向用戶的文檔
+--------------
 
-以下手冊從內核開發人員的角度詳細介紹了特定的內核子系統是如何工作的。這裡的
-大部分信息都是直接從內核原始碼獲取的,並根據需要添加補充材料(或者至少是在
-我們設法添加的時候——可能不是所有的都是有需要的)。
+下列手冊針對
+希望內核在給定系統上以最佳方式工作的*用戶*,
+和查找內核用戶空間API信息的程序開發人員。
 
 .. toctree::
-   :maxdepth: 2
+   :maxdepth: 1
 
-   cpu-freq/index
-   filesystems/index
+   admin-guide/index
+   admin-guide/reporting-issues.rst
 
 TODOList:
 
-* driver-api/index
-* core-api/index
-* locking/index
-* accounting/index
-* block/index
-* cdrom/index
-* ide/index
-* fb/index
-* fpga/index
-* hid/index
-* i2c/index
-* iio/index
-* isdn/index
-* infiniband/index
-* leds/index
-* netlabel/index
-* networking/index
-* pcmcia/index
-* power/index
-* target/index
-* timers/index
-* spi/index
-* w1/index
-* watchdog/index
-* virt/index
-* input/index
-* hwmon/index
-* gpu/index
-* security/index
-* sound/index
-* crypto/index
-* mm/index
-* bpf/index
-* usb/index
-* PCI/index
-* scsi/index
-* misc-devices/index
-* scheduler/index
-* mhi/index
-
-體系結構無關文檔
-----------------
+* userspace-api/index
+* 內核構建系統 <kbuild/index>
+* 用戶空間工具 <tools/index>
 
-TODOList:
+也可參考獨立於內核文檔的 `Linux 手冊頁 <https://www.kernel.org/doc/man-pages/>`_ 。
+
+固件相關文檔
+------------
 
-* asm-annotations
+下列文檔描述了內核需要的平臺固件相關信息。
 
-特定體系結構文檔
-----------------
+TODOList:
 
-.. toctree::
-   :maxdepth: 2
+* devicetree/index
+* firmware-guide/index
 
-   arch/arm64/index
+體系結構文檔
+------------
 
 TODOList:
 
-* arch
+* arch/index
 
 其他文檔
 --------
 
-有幾份未排序的文檔似乎不適合放在文檔的其他部分,或者可能需要進行一些調整和/或
+有幾份未分類的文檔似乎不適合放在文檔的其他部分,或者可能需要進行一些調整和/或
 轉換爲reStructureText格式,也有可能太舊。
 
 TODOList:
 
 * staging/index
-* watch_queue
 
-目錄和表格
+術語表
+------
+
+TODOList:
+
+* glossary
+
+
+索引和表格
 ----------
 
 * :ref:`genindex`
diff --git a/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/io_ordering.txt b/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/io_ordering.txt
index 1e99206c842116097572a91e3f7e88fca02b8e1e..03f86840c139ea8366ed795cfaafd6901ce75561 100644
--- a/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/io_ordering.txt
+++ b/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/io_ordering.txt
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ communicating in English you can also ask the Chinese maintainer for
 help.  Contact the Chinese maintainer if this translation is outdated
 or if there is a problem with the translation.
 
-Traditional Chinese maintainer: Hu Haowen <src.res@email.cn>
+Traditional Chinese maintainer: Hu Haowen <src.res.211@gmail.com>
 ---------------------------------------------------------------------
 Documentation/driver-api/io_ordering.rst 的繁體中文翻譯
 
@@ -14,9 +14,9 @@ Documentation/driver-api/io_ordering.rst 的繁體中文翻譯
 交流有困難的話,也可以向繁體中文版維護者求助。如果本翻譯更新不及時或
 者翻譯存在問題,請聯繫繁體中文版維護者。
 
-繁體中文版維護者: 胡皓文 Hu Haowen <src.res@email.cn>
-繁體中文版翻譯者: 胡皓文 Hu Haowen <src.res@email.cn>
-繁體中文版校譯者: 胡皓文 Hu Haowen <src.res@email.cn>
+繁體中文版維護者: 胡皓文 Hu Haowen <src.res.211@gmail.com>
+繁體中文版翻譯者: 胡皓文 Hu Haowen <src.res.211@gmail.com>
+繁體中文版校譯者: 胡皓文 Hu Haowen <src.res.211@gmail.com>
 
 
 以下爲正文
diff --git a/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/process/1.Intro.rst b/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/process/1.Intro.rst
index ca2b931be6c5d40d1e840565b12cb6293bfbb142..f236fe95a6c60b5b6674dc27e88f172c8e9b52f4 100644
--- a/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/process/1.Intro.rst
+++ b/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/process/1.Intro.rst
@@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
 :æ ¡è­¯:
 
  吳想成 Wu XiangCheng <bobwxc@email.cn>
- 胡皓文 Hu Haowen <src.res@email.cn>
+ 胡皓文 Hu Haowen <src.res.211@gmail.com>
 
 .. _tw_development_process_intro:
 
diff --git a/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/process/2.Process.rst b/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/process/2.Process.rst
index 9d465df1f6c3695e36bba750afe5ff67d40698b0..17bb4e07d17189279df655dd59f166b880ebecb9 100644
--- a/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/process/2.Process.rst
+++ b/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/process/2.Process.rst
@@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
 :æ ¡è­¯:
 
  吳想成 Wu XiangCheng <bobwxc@email.cn>
- 胡皓文 Hu Haowen <src.res@email.cn>
+ 胡皓文 Hu Haowen <src.res.211@gmail.com>
 
 .. _tw_development_process:
 
diff --git a/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/process/3.Early-stage.rst b/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/process/3.Early-stage.rst
index 076873ca090507ab1dbc5fafbd716114abb57122..636e506fd1960fc16547a38c98a1effe78a48092 100644
--- a/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/process/3.Early-stage.rst
+++ b/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/process/3.Early-stage.rst
@@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
 :æ ¡è­¯:
 
  吳想成 Wu XiangCheng <bobwxc@email.cn>
- 胡皓文 Hu Haowen <src.res@email.cn>
+ 胡皓文 Hu Haowen <src.res.211@gmail.com>
 
 .. _tw_development_early_stage:
 
diff --git a/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/process/4.Coding.rst b/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/process/4.Coding.rst
index 7fc0344ed16bb6208ac6f54be70726d4cbd83705..adb5339aab6a5532b5bff73760c9097a2586b160 100644
--- a/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/process/4.Coding.rst
+++ b/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/process/4.Coding.rst
@@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
 :æ ¡è­¯:
 
  吳想成 Wu XiangCheng <bobwxc@email.cn>
- 胡皓文 Hu Haowen <src.res@email.cn>
+ 胡皓文 Hu Haowen <src.res.211@gmail.com>
 
 .. _tw_development_coding:
 
diff --git a/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/process/5.Posting.rst b/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/process/5.Posting.rst
index 280a8832ecc0e23c1991f92a671cfd52ef499598..27015622ad63e749a9fcb78405d3c0819cba89e6 100644
--- a/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/process/5.Posting.rst
+++ b/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/process/5.Posting.rst
@@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
 :æ ¡è­¯:
 
  吳想成 Wu XiangCheng <bobwxc@email.cn>
- 胡皓文 Hu Haowen <src.res@email.cn>
+ 胡皓文 Hu Haowen <src.res.211@gmail.com>
 
 .. _tw_development_posting:
 
diff --git a/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/process/6.Followthrough.rst b/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/process/6.Followthrough.rst
index 4af782742db38f13df27439bc7e2d2fbcb9a91d1..5073b6e77c1c6a4a38ba05879259c4775d58cfea 100644
--- a/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/process/6.Followthrough.rst
+++ b/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/process/6.Followthrough.rst
@@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
 :æ ¡è­¯:
 
  吳想成 Wu XiangCheng <bobwxc@email.cn>
- 胡皓文 Hu Haowen <src.res@email.cn>
+ 胡皓文 Hu Haowen <src.res.211@gmail.com>
 
 .. _tw_development_followthrough:
 
diff --git a/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/process/7.AdvancedTopics.rst b/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/process/7.AdvancedTopics.rst
index 4fbc104a37ca12f1b980e9247beba5c30567da4a..2cbd16bfed2981b32e0b0dff815ddb70251bb439 100644
--- a/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/process/7.AdvancedTopics.rst
+++ b/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/process/7.AdvancedTopics.rst
@@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
 :æ ¡è­¯:
 
  吳想成 Wu XiangCheng <bobwxc@email.cn>
- 胡皓文 Hu Haowen <src.res@email.cn>
+ 胡皓文 Hu Haowen <src.res.211@gmail.com>
 
 .. _tw_development_advancedtopics:
 
diff --git a/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/process/8.Conclusion.rst b/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/process/8.Conclusion.rst
index 044fcc118befa9b9b75351f7a07a8f054eef7c6c..1207991d157024396e1fd61a6063b8c67b1ec066 100644
--- a/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/process/8.Conclusion.rst
+++ b/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/process/8.Conclusion.rst
@@ -10,7 +10,7 @@
 :æ ¡è­¯:
 
  吳想成 Wu XiangCheng <bobwxc@email.cn>
- 胡皓文 Hu Haowen <src.res@email.cn>
+ 胡皓文 Hu Haowen <src.res.211@gmail.com>
 
 .. _tw_development_conclusion:
 
diff --git a/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/process/code-of-conduct-interpretation.rst b/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/process/code-of-conduct-interpretation.rst
index 949d831aaf6ccc1583751d2949f61d868e5be5fd..920bb0f369746c22e1a448a2040b2662dfe18e54 100644
--- a/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/process/code-of-conduct-interpretation.rst
+++ b/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/process/code-of-conduct-interpretation.rst
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 
 :Original: :ref:`Documentation/process/code-of-conduct-interpretation.rst <code_of_conduct_interpretation>`
 :Translator: Alex Shi <alex.shi@linux.alibaba.com>
-             Hu Haowen <src.res@email.cn>
+             Hu Haowen <src.res.211@gmail.com>
 
 .. _tw_code_of_conduct_interpretation:
 
diff --git a/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/process/code-of-conduct.rst b/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/process/code-of-conduct.rst
index 716e5843b6e9ca645eb8d622f8a2c5c24ed5505d..e3087112f0bcbca315cb4ccb711dbaadd43be226 100644
--- a/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/process/code-of-conduct.rst
+++ b/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/process/code-of-conduct.rst
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 
 :Original: :ref:`Documentation/process/code-of-conduct.rst <code_of_conduct>`
 :Translator: Alex Shi <alex.shi@linux.alibaba.com>
-             Hu Haowen <src.res@email.cn>
+             Hu Haowen <src.res.211@gmail.com>
 
 .. _tw_code_of_conduct:
 
diff --git a/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/process/coding-style.rst b/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/process/coding-style.rst
index 61e614aad6a7e2f1944818c91b94b6f450419b19..83862e4d3b64763f1e5a68c599a2f4048f393023 100644
--- a/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/process/coding-style.rst
+++ b/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/process/coding-style.rst
@@ -15,7 +15,7 @@
                  管旭東 Xudong Guan <xudong.guan@gmail.com>
                  Li Zefan <lizf@cn.fujitsu.com>
                  Wang Chen <wangchen@cn.fujitsu.com>
-                 Hu Haowen <src.res@email.cn>
+                 Hu Haowen <src.res.211@gmail.com>
 
 Linux 內核代碼風格
 =========================
diff --git a/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/process/development-process.rst b/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/process/development-process.rst
index 45e6385647cd246e7e152a1bd7a1e29bef6e82a8..f4cf5c2bbc8246ba298852b922e1cb1f897a224d 100644
--- a/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/process/development-process.rst
+++ b/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/process/development-process.rst
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 
 :Original: :ref:`Documentation/process/development-process.rst <development_process_main>`
 :Translator: Alex Shi <alex.shi@linux.alibaba.com>
-             Hu Haowen <src.res@email.cn>
+             Hu Haowen <src.res.211@gmail.com>
 
 .. _tw_development_process_main:
 
diff --git a/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/process/email-clients.rst b/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/process/email-clients.rst
index 4ba543d06f3bb04caddf7a4f8104e1227b359dee..ae63e41d9ceeb1e4964c3e2b75687d22d1bf8711 100644
--- a/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/process/email-clients.rst
+++ b/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/process/email-clients.rst
@@ -14,7 +14,7 @@
         中文版校譯者: Yinglin Luan <synmyth@gmail.com>
         	       Xiaochen Wang <wangxiaochen0@gmail.com>
                        yaxinsn <yaxinsn@163.com>
-                      Hu Haowen <src.res@email.cn>
+                      Hu Haowen <src.res.211@gmail.com>
 
 Linux郵件客戶端配置信息
 =======================
diff --git a/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/process/embargoed-hardware-issues.rst b/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/process/embargoed-hardware-issues.rst
index fbde3e26eda5d2adbe1a0bcb2e0fe78fe479eab6..8e4db8baa0d1ce2c0de6db6ea06a358f47342885 100644
--- a/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/process/embargoed-hardware-issues.rst
+++ b/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/process/embargoed-hardware-issues.rst
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 
 :Original: :ref:`Documentation/process/embargoed-hardware-issues.rst <embargoed_hardware_issues>`
 :Translator: Alex Shi <alex.shi@linux.alibaba.com>
-             Hu Haowen <src.res@email.cn>
+             Hu Haowen <src.res.211@gmail.com>
 
 被限制的硬體問題
 ================
diff --git a/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/process/howto.rst b/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/process/howto.rst
index ea2f468d3e587df699abf8ca0abf322cc05c09a4..306f5b77b4b8df8568e86ca4f9cf8ca3a1b2c514 100644
--- a/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/process/howto.rst
+++ b/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/process/howto.rst
@@ -16,7 +16,7 @@
                    鍾宇  TripleX Chung <xxx.phy@gmail.com>
                    陳琦  Maggie Chen <chenqi@beyondsoft.com>
                    王聰  Wang Cong <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
-                   胡皓文 Hu Haowen <src.res@email.cn>
+                   胡皓文 Hu Haowen <src.res.211@gmail.com>
 
 如何參與Linux內核開發
 =====================
diff --git a/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/process/index.rst b/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/process/index.rst
index c5c59b4fd595d4bc10dc2c6ea176736d1779f092..d742642dab01a8370ca07c1d6543e1ee4d06354d 100644
--- a/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/process/index.rst
+++ b/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/process/index.rst
@@ -9,7 +9,7 @@
 
 :Original: :ref:`Documentation/process/index.rst <process_index>`
 :Translator: Alex Shi <alex.shi@linux.alibaba.com>
-             Hu Haowen <src.res@email.cn>
+             Hu Haowen <src.res.211@gmail.com>
 
 .. _tw_process_index:
 
diff --git a/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/process/kernel-driver-statement.rst b/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/process/kernel-driver-statement.rst
index 8f225379b12c7fe59274acc8fbd221b3f186692e..963ecece3db182e1ff3782e7acc67f6ff0c5fc47 100644
--- a/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/process/kernel-driver-statement.rst
+++ b/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/process/kernel-driver-statement.rst
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
 
 :Original: :ref:`Documentation/process/kernel-driver-statement.rst <process_statement_driver>`
 :Translator: Alex Shi <alex.shi@linux.alibaba.com>
-             Hu Haowen <src.res@email.cn>
+             Hu Haowen <src.res.211@gmail.com>
 
 內核驅動聲明
 ------------
diff --git a/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/process/kernel-enforcement-statement.rst b/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/process/kernel-enforcement-statement.rst
index 99e21d22800dfbc6243e4987a6fe6bda81e5499c..2861f4a15721e3d3baa03005b1df176f4d8bd581 100644
--- a/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/process/kernel-enforcement-statement.rst
+++ b/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/process/kernel-enforcement-statement.rst
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
 
 :Original: :ref:`Documentation/process/kernel-enforcement-statement.rst <process_statement_kernel>`
 :Translator: Alex Shi <alex.shi@linux.alibaba.com>
-             Hu Haowen <src.res@email.cn>
+             Hu Haowen <src.res.211@gmail.com>
 
 Linux 內核執行聲明
 ------------------
diff --git a/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/process/license-rules.rst b/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/process/license-rules.rst
index ad2b80f971232b6515052ba9869ccb214601f98f..503b6701bde42e6e992d7eb9687162872b5fe101 100644
--- a/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/process/license-rules.rst
+++ b/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/process/license-rules.rst
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
 
 :Original: :ref:`Documentation/process/license-rules.rst <kernel_licensing>`
 :Translator: Alex Shi <alex.shi@linux.alibaba.com>
-             Hu Haowen <src.res@email.cn>
+             Hu Haowen <src.res.211@gmail.com>
 
 .. _tw_kernel_licensing:
 
diff --git a/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/process/magic-number.rst b/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/process/magic-number.rst
index c9e3db12c3f97aae7c8b00eb9fbf33ca1b810939..5657d5cd18d4e6de33a389fb4779f152368677a0 100644
--- a/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/process/magic-number.rst
+++ b/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/process/magic-number.rst
@@ -12,7 +12,7 @@
         中文版維護者: 賈威威 Jia Wei Wei <harryxiyou@gmail.com>
         中文版翻譯者: 賈威威 Jia Wei Wei <harryxiyou@gmail.com>
         中文版校譯者: 賈威威 Jia Wei Wei <harryxiyou@gmail.com>
-                      胡皓文 Hu Haowen <src.res@email.cn>
+                      胡皓文 Hu Haowen <src.res.211@gmail.com>
 
 Linux 魔術數
 ============
diff --git a/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/process/management-style.rst b/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/process/management-style.rst
index dce2484700633750fe488cc5db99babda873c48c..e9d29024f4c9c6adcdd76bbbb275ea2dfd6cbc30 100644
--- a/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/process/management-style.rst
+++ b/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/process/management-style.rst
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 
 :Original: :ref:`Documentation/process/management-style.rst <managementstyle>`
 :Translator: Alex Shi <alex.shi@linux.alibaba.com>
-             Hu Haowen <src.res@email.cn>
+             Hu Haowen <src.res.211@gmail.com>
 
 .. _tw_managementstyle:
 
diff --git a/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/process/programming-language.rst b/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/process/programming-language.rst
index 144bdaf81a416bfbc063c90211e92da0b2ec0a32..e33389676eeda9347a0587b22f8ec977afe2edc4 100644
--- a/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/process/programming-language.rst
+++ b/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/process/programming-language.rst
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 
 :Original: :ref:`Documentation/process/programming-language.rst <programming_language>`
 :Translator: Alex Shi <alex.shi@linux.alibaba.com>
-             Hu Haowen <src.res@email.cn>
+             Hu Haowen <src.res.211@gmail.com>
 
 .. _tw_programming_language:
 
diff --git a/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/process/stable-api-nonsense.rst b/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/process/stable-api-nonsense.rst
index 22caa5b8d42238dbb8e78e96e8b40cf8db8d2cc8..33fc85c2cc51bb5309cf2d21bfc542e1f2121cf1 100644
--- a/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/process/stable-api-nonsense.rst
+++ b/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/process/stable-api-nonsense.rst
@@ -12,7 +12,7 @@
         中文版維護者: 鍾宇  TripleX Chung <xxx.phy@gmail.com>
         中文版翻譯者: 鍾宇  TripleX Chung <xxx.phy@gmail.com>
         中文版校譯者: 李陽  Li Yang <leoyang.li@nxp.com>
-                      胡皓文 Hu Haowen <src.res@email.cn>
+                      胡皓文 Hu Haowen <src.res.211@gmail.com>
 
 Linux 內核驅動接口
 ==================
diff --git a/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/process/stable-kernel-rules.rst b/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/process/stable-kernel-rules.rst
index 9bb0d9b4f3acbe536cfe9c8b98b6d5c8cb980c24..29d9a70a18683a8e703369c79f27382e47058255 100644
--- a/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/process/stable-kernel-rules.rst
+++ b/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/process/stable-kernel-rules.rst
@@ -15,7 +15,7 @@
         中文版校譯者:
             - 李陽  Li Yang <leoyang.li@nxp.com>
             - Kangkai Yin <e12051@motorola.com>
-            - 胡皓文 Hu Haowen <src.res@email.cn>
+            - 胡皓文 Hu Haowen <src.res.211@gmail.com>
 
 所有你想知道的事情 - 關於linux穩定版發布
 ========================================
diff --git a/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/process/submit-checklist.rst b/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/process/submit-checklist.rst
index ff2f89cba83fa75de42770ba80dbe7c1b8e83b0a..12bf6f5ca5c68cead1bd19d5d9a54142be1927dd 100644
--- a/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/process/submit-checklist.rst
+++ b/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/process/submit-checklist.rst
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 
 :Original: :ref:`Documentation/process/submit-checklist.rst <submitchecklist>`
 :Translator: Alex Shi <alex.shi@linux.alibaba.com>
-             Hu Haowen <src.res@email.cn>
+             Hu Haowen <src.res.211@gmail.com>
 
 .. _tw_submitchecklist:
 
diff --git a/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/process/submitting-patches.rst b/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/process/submitting-patches.rst
index 3f77ef5d48a053f24a831df7fbc953f8251365ab..0746809c31a2dfe49cf208624349a0f0db0afad0 100644
--- a/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/process/submitting-patches.rst
+++ b/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/process/submitting-patches.rst
@@ -13,7 +13,7 @@
                        時奎亮 Alex Shi <alex.shi@linux.alibaba.com>
         中文版校譯者: 李陽 Li Yang <leoyang.li@nxp.com>
                        王聰 Wang Cong <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
-                       胡皓文 Hu Haowen <src.res@email.cn>
+                       胡皓文 Hu Haowen <src.res.211@gmail.com>
 
 
 如何讓你的改動進入內核
diff --git a/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/process/volatile-considered-harmful.rst b/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/process/volatile-considered-harmful.rst
index 097fe80352cb7cfd6d8a52c0c0d5b52041825472..469cb5b3a07ca884c096d11db203f76ab15203c2 100644
--- a/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/process/volatile-considered-harmful.rst
+++ b/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/process/volatile-considered-harmful.rst
@@ -17,7 +17,7 @@
         中文版校譯者: 張漢輝  Eugene Teo <eugeneteo@kernel.sg>
                        楊瑞  Dave Young <hidave.darkstar@gmail.com>
                        時奎亮 Alex Shi <alex.shi@linux.alibaba.com>
-                       胡皓文 Hu Haowen <src.res@email.cn>
+                       胡皓文 Hu Haowen <src.res.211@gmail.com>
 
 爲什麼不應該使用「volatile」類型
 ================================
diff --git a/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/sparse.txt b/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/sparse.txt
index c9acb2c926cb9f00f342d8a4351499fc91da8d06..35d3d1d748e6f12ca5bee0ea945ef0b98d91bf20 100644
--- a/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/sparse.txt
+++ b/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/sparse.txt
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ communicating in English you can also ask the Chinese maintainer for
 help.  Contact the Chinese maintainer if this translation is outdated
 or if there is a problem with the translation.
 
-Traditional Chinese maintainer: Hu Haowen <src.res@email.cn>
+Traditional Chinese maintainer: Hu Haowen <src.res.211@gmail.com>
 ---------------------------------------------------------------------
 Documentation/dev-tools/sparse.rst 的繁體中文翻譯
 
@@ -14,8 +14,8 @@ Documentation/dev-tools/sparse.rst 的繁體中文翻譯
 交流有困難的話,也可以向繁體中文版維護者求助。如果本翻譯更新不及時或
 者翻譯存在問題,請聯繫繁體中文版維護者。
 
-繁體中文版維護者: 胡皓文 Hu Haowen <src.res@email.cn>
-繁體中文版翻譯者: 胡皓文 Hu Haowen <src.res@email.cn>
+繁體中文版維護者: 胡皓文 Hu Haowen <src.res.211@gmail.com>
+繁體中文版翻譯者: 胡皓文 Hu Haowen <src.res.211@gmail.com>
 
 以下爲正文
 ---------------------------------------------------------------------
@@ -66,11 +66,11 @@ __bitwise"類型。
 
 你可以從 Sparse 的主頁獲取最新的發布版本:
 
-	http://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/kernel/people/josh/sparse/
+	https://www.kernel.org/pub/software/devel/sparse/dist/
 
 或者,你也可以使用 git 克隆最新的 sparse 開發版本:
 
-	git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/josh/sparse.git
+        git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/devel/sparse/sparse.git
 
 一旦你下載了源碼,只要以普通用戶身份運行:
 
diff --git a/Documentation/usb/gadget_uvc.rst b/Documentation/usb/gadget_uvc.rst
index 62bd81ba3dd1fe6f7426eb58baac2e62360fdc0d..80a1f031b59328d972d85c7ff55834a0c78611df 100644
--- a/Documentation/usb/gadget_uvc.rst
+++ b/Documentation/usb/gadget_uvc.rst
@@ -168,7 +168,7 @@ Header linking
 
 The UVC specification requires that Format and Frame descriptors be preceded by
 Headers detailing things such as the number and cumulative size of the different
-Format descriptors that follow. This and similar operations are acheived in
+Format descriptors that follow. This and similar operations are achieved in
 configfs by linking between the configfs item representing the header and the
 config items representing those other descriptors, in this manner:
 
diff --git a/Documentation/userspace-api/media/v4l/ext-ctrls-codec-stateless.rst b/Documentation/userspace-api/media/v4l/ext-ctrls-codec-stateless.rst
index 81e60f4002c8f12f05f9ecb4e681d62d22e3f91a..786127b1e206a3ebba888935646f9f6714e2ad10 100644
--- a/Documentation/userspace-api/media/v4l/ext-ctrls-codec-stateless.rst
+++ b/Documentation/userspace-api/media/v4l/ext-ctrls-codec-stateless.rst
@@ -3293,7 +3293,7 @@ AV1 Frame Restoration Type.
 
 .. c:type:: v4l2_av1_loop_restoration
 
-AV1 Loop Restauration as described in section 6.10.15 "Loop restoration params
+AV1 Loop Restoration as described in section 6.10.15 "Loop restoration params
 semantics" of :ref:`av1`.
 
 .. cssclass:: longtable
diff --git a/Documentation/userspace-api/media/v4l/metafmt-d4xx.rst b/Documentation/userspace-api/media/v4l/metafmt-d4xx.rst
index 541836074f949278b11cf900f8aa7a0b18fa4d3e..0686413b16b27d2178204e819bcb877b2ff0b7b1 100644
--- a/Documentation/userspace-api/media/v4l/metafmt-d4xx.rst
+++ b/Documentation/userspace-api/media/v4l/metafmt-d4xx.rst
@@ -237,7 +237,7 @@ Fish Eye sensor: ::
 camera projectors. As we have another field for "Laser Power" we introduced
 "LED Power" for extra emitter.
 
-The "Laser mode" __u32 fiels has been split into: ::
+The "Laser mode" __u32 fields has been split into: ::
    1 __u8 Emitter mode
    2 __u8 RFU byte
    3 __u16 LED Power
diff --git a/Documentation/userspace-api/netlink/intro.rst b/Documentation/userspace-api/netlink/intro.rst
index 0955e9f203d3b9d4cf2a8984bde53bc573bfa4c8..af94e71761ec5b0a68880e6902bbdf2b79aac058 100644
--- a/Documentation/userspace-api/netlink/intro.rst
+++ b/Documentation/userspace-api/netlink/intro.rst
@@ -615,7 +615,7 @@ and ``SET``. Each object can handle all or some of those requests
 is defined by the 2 lowest bits of the message type, so commands for
 new objects would always be allocated with a stride of 4.
 
-Each object would also have it's own fixed metadata shared by all request
+Each object would also have its own fixed metadata shared by all request
 types (e.g. struct ifinfomsg for netdev requests, struct ifaddrmsg for address
 requests, struct tcmsg for qdisc requests).
 
diff --git a/Documentation/virt/hyperv/clocks.rst b/Documentation/virt/hyperv/clocks.rst
index 2da2879fad52312f57d1d01f4807292db4ca754d..a56f4837d44336a2c953e72205bcc1ab5052f61c 100644
--- a/Documentation/virt/hyperv/clocks.rst
+++ b/Documentation/virt/hyperv/clocks.rst
@@ -60,7 +60,7 @@ vDSO, and gettimeofday() and related system calls can execute
 entirely in user space.  The vDSO is implemented by mapping the
 shared page with scale and offset values into user space.  User
 space code performs the same algorithm of reading the TSC and
-appying the scale and offset to get the constant 10 MHz clock.
+applying the scale and offset to get the constant 10 MHz clock.
 
 Linux clockevents are based on Hyper-V synthetic timer 0. While
 Hyper-V offers 4 synthetic timers for each CPU, Linux only uses
diff --git a/Documentation/virt/kvm/api.rst b/Documentation/virt/kvm/api.rst
index c0ddd3035462bd8ad99bb4147381b79399cff807..73db30cb60fbd9daa391e7a8540545f330b5f757 100644
--- a/Documentation/virt/kvm/api.rst
+++ b/Documentation/virt/kvm/api.rst
@@ -578,7 +578,7 @@ This is an asynchronous vcpu ioctl and can be invoked from any thread.
 RISC-V:
 ^^^^^^^
 
-Queues an external interrupt to be injected into the virutal CPU. This ioctl
+Queues an external interrupt to be injected into the virtual CPU. This ioctl
 is overloaded with 2 different irq values:
 
 a) KVM_INTERRUPT_SET
@@ -2722,7 +2722,7 @@ The isa config register can be read anytime but can only be written before
 a Guest VCPU runs. It will have ISA feature bits matching underlying host
 set by default.
 
-RISC-V core registers represent the general excution state of a Guest VCPU
+RISC-V core registers represent the general execution state of a Guest VCPU
 and it has the following id bit patterns::
 
   0x8020 0000 02 <index into the kvm_riscv_core struct:24> (32bit Host)
@@ -5232,7 +5232,7 @@ KVM_PV_DISABLE
   Deregister the VM from the Ultravisor and reclaim the memory that had
   been donated to the Ultravisor, making it usable by the kernel again.
   All registered VCPUs are converted back to non-protected ones. If a
-  previous protected VM had been prepared for asynchonous teardown with
+  previous protected VM had been prepared for asynchronous teardown with
   KVM_PV_ASYNC_CLEANUP_PREPARE and not subsequently torn down with
   KVM_PV_ASYNC_CLEANUP_PERFORM, it will be torn down in this call
   together with the current protected VM.
@@ -5692,7 +5692,7 @@ flags values for ``kvm_sregs2``:
 
 ``KVM_SREGS2_FLAGS_PDPTRS_VALID``
 
-  Indicates thats the struct contain valid PDPTR values.
+  Indicates that the struct contains valid PDPTR values.
 
 
 4.132 KVM_SET_SREGS2
@@ -6263,7 +6263,7 @@ to the byte array.
 
 It is strongly recommended that userspace use ``KVM_EXIT_IO`` (x86) or
 ``KVM_EXIT_MMIO`` (all except s390) to implement functionality that
-requires a guest to interact with host userpace.
+requires a guest to interact with host userspace.
 
 .. note:: KVM_EXIT_IO is significantly faster than KVM_EXIT_MMIO.
 
@@ -6336,7 +6336,7 @@ s390 specific.
 		} s390_ucontrol;
 
 s390 specific. A page fault has occurred for a user controlled virtual
-machine (KVM_VM_S390_UNCONTROL) on it's host page table that cannot be
+machine (KVM_VM_S390_UNCONTROL) on its host page table that cannot be
 resolved by the kernel.
 The program code and the translation exception code that were placed
 in the cpu's lowcore are presented here as defined by the z Architecture
@@ -7510,7 +7510,7 @@ APIC/MSRs/etc).
           attribute is not supported by KVM.
 
 KVM_CAP_SGX_ATTRIBUTE enables a userspace VMM to grant a VM access to one or
-more priveleged enclave attributes.  args[0] must hold a file handle to a valid
+more privileged enclave attributes.  args[0] must hold a file handle to a valid
 SGX attribute file corresponding to an attribute that is supported/restricted
 by KVM (currently only PROVISIONKEY).
 
@@ -7928,7 +7928,7 @@ writing to the respective MSRs.
 
 This capability indicates that userspace can load HV_X64_MSR_VP_INDEX msr.  Its
 value is used to denote the target vcpu for a SynIC interrupt.  For
-compatibilty, KVM initializes this msr to KVM's internal vcpu index.  When this
+compatibility, KVM initializes this msr to KVM's internal vcpu index.  When this
 capability is absent, userspace can still query this msr's value.
 
 8.13 KVM_CAP_S390_AIS_MIGRATION
@@ -8118,10 +8118,10 @@ regardless of what has actually been exposed through the CPUID leaf.
 :Parameters: args[0] - size of the dirty log ring
 
 KVM is capable of tracking dirty memory using ring buffers that are
-mmaped into userspace; there is one dirty ring per vcpu.
+mmapped into userspace; there is one dirty ring per vcpu.
 
 The dirty ring is available to userspace as an array of
-``struct kvm_dirty_gfn``.  Each dirty entry it's defined as::
+``struct kvm_dirty_gfn``.  Each dirty entry is defined as::
 
   struct kvm_dirty_gfn {
           __u32 flags;
@@ -8160,7 +8160,7 @@ state machine for the entry is as follows::
       |                                          |
       +------------------------------------------+
 
-To harvest the dirty pages, userspace accesses the mmaped ring buffer
+To harvest the dirty pages, userspace accesses the mmapped ring buffer
 to read the dirty GFNs.  If the flags has the DIRTY bit set (at this stage
 the RESET bit must be cleared), then it means this GFN is a dirty GFN.
 The userspace should harvest this GFN and mark the flags from state
@@ -8286,7 +8286,7 @@ the KVM_XEN_ATTR_TYPE_RUNSTATE_UPDATE_FLAG attribute in the KVM_XEN_SET_ATTR
 and KVM_XEN_GET_ATTR ioctls. This controls whether KVM will set the
 XEN_RUNSTATE_UPDATE flag in guest memory mapped vcpu_runstate_info during
 updates of the runstate information. Note that versions of KVM which support
-the RUNSTATE feature above, but not thie RUNSTATE_UPDATE_FLAG feature, will
+the RUNSTATE feature above, but not the RUNSTATE_UPDATE_FLAG feature, will
 always set the XEN_RUNSTATE_UPDATE flag when updating the guest structure,
 which is perhaps counterintuitive. When this flag is advertised, KVM will
 behave more correctly, not using the XEN_RUNSTATE_UPDATE flag until/unless
@@ -8335,7 +8335,7 @@ Architectures: x86
 
 When enabled, KVM will disable emulated Hyper-V features provided to the
 guest according to the bits Hyper-V CPUID feature leaves. Otherwise, all
-currently implmented Hyper-V features are provided unconditionally when
+currently implemented Hyper-V features are provided unconditionally when
 Hyper-V identification is set in the HYPERV_CPUID_INTERFACE (0x40000001)
 leaf.
 
diff --git a/Documentation/virt/kvm/devices/vm.rst b/Documentation/virt/kvm/devices/vm.rst
index 9d726e60ec472a6eb3fb0c9453932954e604e6fb..a4d39fa1b0834b090318250db3b670b0b3174259 100644
--- a/Documentation/virt/kvm/devices/vm.rst
+++ b/Documentation/virt/kvm/devices/vm.rst
@@ -92,7 +92,7 @@ Allows user space to retrieve or request to change cpu related information for a
 KVM does not enforce or limit the cpu model data in any form. Take the information
 retrieved by means of KVM_S390_VM_CPU_MACHINE as hint for reasonable configuration
 setups. Instruction interceptions triggered by additionally set facility bits that
-are not handled by KVM need to by imlemented in the VM driver code.
+are not handled by KVM need to by implemented in the VM driver code.
 
 :Parameters: address of buffer to store/set the processor related cpu
 	     data of type struct kvm_s390_vm_cpu_processor*.
diff --git a/Documentation/virt/kvm/devices/xive.rst b/Documentation/virt/kvm/devices/xive.rst
index 8b5e7b40bdf858397bf77b515e2ae57cc6612b4b..a07e16d34006e42ef4d2812472fc0277fac46d09 100644
--- a/Documentation/virt/kvm/devices/xive.rst
+++ b/Documentation/virt/kvm/devices/xive.rst
@@ -50,7 +50,7 @@ the legacy interrupt mode, referred as XICS (POWER7/8).
 
   When a device is passed-through into the guest, the source
   interrupts are from a different HW controller (PHB4) and the ESB
-  pages exposed to the guest should accommadate this change.
+  pages exposed to the guest should accommodate this change.
 
   The passthru_irq helpers, kvmppc_xive_set_mapped() and
   kvmppc_xive_clr_mapped() are called when the device HW irqs are
diff --git a/Documentation/virt/kvm/halt-polling.rst b/Documentation/virt/kvm/halt-polling.rst
index 4f1a1b23d99cb0e9c9f4866760d34f86f397eef8..c82a04b709b40fa26eabab38519ea96b4745dac5 100644
--- a/Documentation/virt/kvm/halt-polling.rst
+++ b/Documentation/virt/kvm/halt-polling.rst
@@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ before giving up the cpu to the scheduler in order to let something else run.
 Polling provides a latency advantage in cases where the guest can be run again
 very quickly by at least saving us a trip through the scheduler, normally on
 the order of a few micro-seconds, although performance benefits are workload
-dependant. In the event that no wakeup source arrives during the polling
+dependent. In the event that no wakeup source arrives during the polling
 interval or some other task on the runqueue is runnable the scheduler is
 invoked. Thus halt polling is especially useful on workloads with very short
 wakeup periods where the time spent halt polling is minimised and the time
diff --git a/Documentation/virt/kvm/x86/mmu.rst b/Documentation/virt/kvm/x86/mmu.rst
index 26f62034b6f3edc53de08eaa271c376f329211d4..d47595b33fcf19fe366c88c61361527aa3dd6fe3 100644
--- a/Documentation/virt/kvm/x86/mmu.rst
+++ b/Documentation/virt/kvm/x86/mmu.rst
@@ -245,7 +245,7 @@ Shadow pages contain the following information:
     unsynchronized children).
   unsync_child_bitmap:
     A bitmap indicating which sptes in spt point (directly or indirectly) at
-    pages that may be unsynchronized.  Used to quickly locate all unsychronized
+    pages that may be unsynchronized.  Used to quickly locate all unsynchronized
     pages reachable from a given page.
   clear_spte_count:
     Only present on 32-bit hosts, where a 64-bit spte cannot be written
diff --git a/Documentation/virt/kvm/x86/running-nested-guests.rst b/Documentation/virt/kvm/x86/running-nested-guests.rst
index 71136fe1723bb5949e07f5c20d1027d5f8882c9e..87326413d5c7dbd3659483a31216693b4429f06d 100644
--- a/Documentation/virt/kvm/x86/running-nested-guests.rst
+++ b/Documentation/virt/kvm/x86/running-nested-guests.rst
@@ -169,7 +169,7 @@ Enabling "nested" (s390x)
     $ modprobe kvm nested=1
 
 .. note:: On s390x, the kernel parameter ``hpage`` is mutually exclusive
-          with the ``nested`` paramter — i.e. to be able to enable
+          with the ``nested`` parameter — i.e. to be able to enable
           ``nested``, the ``hpage`` parameter *must* be disabled.
 
 2. The guest hypervisor (L1) must be provided with the ``sie`` CPU
diff --git a/Documentation/virt/uml/user_mode_linux_howto_v2.rst b/Documentation/virt/uml/user_mode_linux_howto_v2.rst
index af2a9742969213646d2c090dc3ec922652665a5a..d1cfe415e4c47545a2da4e24ef002d77427ab4b4 100644
--- a/Documentation/virt/uml/user_mode_linux_howto_v2.rst
+++ b/Documentation/virt/uml/user_mode_linux_howto_v2.rst
@@ -1224,7 +1224,7 @@ between a driver and the host at the UML command line is OK
 security-wise. Allowing it as a loadable module parameter
 isn't.
 
-If such functionality is desireable for a particular application
+If such functionality is desirable for a particular application
 (e.g. loading BPF "firmware" for raw socket network transports),
 it should be off by default and should be explicitly turned on
 as a command line parameter at startup.
diff --git a/Documentation/w1/slaves/w1_therm.rst b/Documentation/w1/slaves/w1_therm.rst
index 758dadba84f670b71160299394f522a655415237..6aec04dd0905bd0c00ca5e55ab8593f007f55358 100644
--- a/Documentation/w1/slaves/w1_therm.rst
+++ b/Documentation/w1/slaves/w1_therm.rst
@@ -58,7 +58,7 @@ A strong pullup will be applied during the conversion if required.
 
 ``conv_time`` is used to get current conversion time (read), and
 adjust it (write). A temperature conversion time depends on the device type and
-it's current resolution. Default conversion time is set by the driver according
+its current resolution. Default conversion time is set by the driver according
 to the device datasheet. A conversion time for many original device clones
 deviate from datasheet specs. There are three options: 1) manually set the
 correct conversion time by writing a value in milliseconds to ``conv_time``; 2)
diff --git a/Documentation/w1/w1-generic.rst b/Documentation/w1/w1-generic.rst
index 99255b6d0e5395616bfd8c91b26f27e6004f8adb..96a042585fcea5ff211f5fbc24b5d2287345e4bd 100644
--- a/Documentation/w1/w1-generic.rst
+++ b/Documentation/w1/w1-generic.rst
@@ -101,7 +101,7 @@ w1_master_search          (rw) the number of searches left to do,
 w1_master_slave_count     (ro) the number of slaves found
 w1_master_slaves          (ro) the names of the slaves, one per line
 w1_master_timeout         (ro) the delay in seconds between searches
-w1_master_timeout_us      (ro) the delay in microseconds beetwen searches
+w1_master_timeout_us      (ro) the delay in microseconds between searches
 ========================= =====================================================
 
 If you have a w1 bus that never changes (you don't add or remove devices),
diff --git a/Documentation/w1/w1-netlink.rst b/Documentation/w1/w1-netlink.rst
index aaa13243a5e43ddbacc9a7c42afa67e4bcb985d4..be4f7b82dcb435ed45e027b601042de67fd531f6 100644
--- a/Documentation/w1/w1-netlink.rst
+++ b/Documentation/w1/w1-netlink.rst
@@ -66,7 +66,7 @@ Each connector message can include one or more w1_netlink_msg with
 zero or more attached w1_netlink_cmd messages.
 
 For event messages there are no w1_netlink_cmd embedded structures,
-only connector header and w1_netlink_msg strucutre with "len" field
+only connector header and w1_netlink_msg structure with "len" field
 being zero and filled type (one of event types) and id:
 either 8 bytes of slave unique id in host order,
 or master's id, which is assigned to bus master device
diff --git a/Documentation/watchdog/watchdog-kernel-api.rst b/Documentation/watchdog/watchdog-kernel-api.rst
index baf44e986b07c63bcf80c4ff3bca509779ee7233..243231fe4c0a3f0f11aba902fcd96232d6f6c421 100644
--- a/Documentation/watchdog/watchdog-kernel-api.rst
+++ b/Documentation/watchdog/watchdog-kernel-api.rst
@@ -77,7 +77,7 @@ It contains following fields:
 * groups: List of sysfs attribute groups to create when creating the watchdog
   device.
 * info: a pointer to a watchdog_info structure. This structure gives some
-  additional information about the watchdog timer itself. (Like it's unique name)
+  additional information about the watchdog timer itself. (Like its unique name)
 * ops: a pointer to the list of watchdog operations that the watchdog supports.
 * gov: a pointer to the assigned watchdog device pretimeout governor or NULL.
 * timeout: the watchdog timer's timeout value (in seconds).
diff --git a/Documentation/wmi/devices/dell-wmi-ddv.rst b/Documentation/wmi/devices/dell-wmi-ddv.rst
index bf963d91dd55b0f01bbe2f430e89f46387fb253a..2fcdfcf0332708264f6ce5c7165b801657915a5f 100644
--- a/Documentation/wmi/devices/dell-wmi-ddv.rst
+++ b/Documentation/wmi/devices/dell-wmi-ddv.rst
@@ -185,7 +185,7 @@ Performs an analysis of the battery and returns a status code:
 WMI method BatteryeRawAnalytics()
 ---------------------------------
 
-Returns a buffer usually containg 12 blocks of analytics data.
+Returns a buffer usually containing 12 blocks of analytics data.
 Those blocks contain:
 
 - a block number starting with 0 (u8)
@@ -218,7 +218,7 @@ Returns the WMI interface version as an u32.
 WMI method FanSensorInformation()
 ---------------------------------
 
-Returns a buffer containg fan sensor entries, terminated
+Returns a buffer containing fan sensor entries, terminated
 with a single ``0xff``.
 Those entries contain:
 
diff --git a/MAINTAINERS b/MAINTAINERS
index 01605ab1138302e7a41fbcb1e1b085ea467c3ab5..43050d8fdfbce121e8c65caabefb2914aa097f18 100644
--- a/MAINTAINERS
+++ b/MAINTAINERS
@@ -6237,6 +6237,7 @@ DOCUMENTATION PROCESS
 M:	Jonathan Corbet <corbet@lwn.net>
 L:	workflows@vger.kernel.org
 S:	Maintained
+F:	Documentation/maintainer/
 F:	Documentation/process/
 
 DOCUMENTATION REPORTING ISSUES
@@ -12307,8 +12308,8 @@ R:	WANG Xuerui <kernel@xen0n.name>
 L:	loongarch@lists.linux.dev
 S:	Maintained
 T:	git git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/chenhuacai/linux-loongson.git
-F:	Documentation/loongarch/
-F:	Documentation/translations/zh_CN/loongarch/
+F:	Documentation/arch/loongarch/
+F:	Documentation/translations/zh_CN/arch/loongarch/
 F:	arch/loongarch/
 F:	drivers/*/*loongarch*
 
@@ -14250,7 +14251,7 @@ W:	http://www.linux-mips.org/
 Q:	https://patchwork.kernel.org/project/linux-mips/list/
 T:	git git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/mips/linux.git
 F:	Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mips/
-F:	Documentation/mips/
+F:	Documentation/arch/mips/
 F:	arch/mips/
 F:	drivers/platform/mips/
 F:	include/dt-bindings/mips/
@@ -21762,8 +21763,7 @@ F:	kernel/trace/trace_osnoise.c
 F:	kernel/trace/trace_sched_wakeup.c
 
 TRADITIONAL CHINESE DOCUMENTATION
-M:	Hu Haowen <src.res@email.cn>
-L:	linux-doc-tw-discuss@lists.sourceforge.net (moderated for non-subscribers)
+M:	Hu Haowen <src.res.211@gmail.com>
 S:	Maintained
 W:	https://github.com/srcres258/linux-doc
 T:	git git://github.com/srcres258/linux-doc.git doc-zh-tw
diff --git a/drivers/irqchip/Kconfig b/drivers/irqchip/Kconfig
index 4b9036c6d45b078b726cd09e1be520faa0894bf6..f7149d0f3d45ca2358e220a5f229491d86271a7e 100644
--- a/drivers/irqchip/Kconfig
+++ b/drivers/irqchip/Kconfig
@@ -567,7 +567,7 @@ config IRQ_LOONGARCH_CPU
 	help
 	  Support for the LoongArch CPU Interrupt Controller. For details of
 	  irq chip hierarchy on LoongArch platforms please read the document
-	  Documentation/loongarch/irq-chip-model.rst.
+	  Documentation/arch/loongarch/irq-chip-model.rst.
 
 config LOONGSON_LIOINTC
 	bool "Loongson Local I/O Interrupt Controller"
diff --git a/include/linux/jiffies.h b/include/linux/jiffies.h
index 5e13f801c902197bacc629186256be36ec279833..e0ae2a43e0ebdd22d17680477c2bb152b6ba767b 100644
--- a/include/linux/jiffies.h
+++ b/include/linux/jiffies.h
@@ -72,9 +72,15 @@ extern int register_refined_jiffies(long clock_tick_rate);
 #endif
 
 /*
- * The 64-bit value is not atomic - you MUST NOT read it
+ * The 64-bit value is not atomic on 32-bit systems - you MUST NOT read it
  * without sampling the sequence number in jiffies_lock.
  * get_jiffies_64() will do this for you as appropriate.
+ *
+ * jiffies and jiffies_64 are at the same address for little-endian systems
+ * and for 64-bit big-endian systems.
+ * On 32-bit big-endian systems, jiffies is the lower 32 bits of jiffies_64
+ * (i.e., at address @jiffies_64 + 4).
+ * See arch/ARCH/kernel/vmlinux.lds.S
  */
 extern u64 __cacheline_aligned_in_smp jiffies_64;
 extern unsigned long volatile __cacheline_aligned_in_smp __jiffy_arch_data jiffies;
@@ -82,6 +88,14 @@ extern unsigned long volatile __cacheline_aligned_in_smp __jiffy_arch_data jiffi
 #if (BITS_PER_LONG < 64)
 u64 get_jiffies_64(void);
 #else
+/**
+ * get_jiffies_64 - read the 64-bit non-atomic jiffies_64 value
+ *
+ * When BITS_PER_LONG < 64, this uses sequence number sampling using
+ * jiffies_lock to protect the 64-bit read.
+ *
+ * Return: current 64-bit jiffies value
+ */
 static inline u64 get_jiffies_64(void)
 {
 	return (u64)jiffies;
@@ -89,39 +103,76 @@ static inline u64 get_jiffies_64(void)
 #endif
 
 /*
- *	These inlines deal with timer wrapping correctly. You are 
- *	strongly encouraged to use them
+ *	These inlines deal with timer wrapping correctly. You are
+ *	strongly encouraged to use them:
  *	1. Because people otherwise forget
  *	2. Because if the timer wrap changes in future you won't have to
  *	   alter your driver code.
- *
- * time_after(a,b) returns true if the time a is after time b.
+ */
+
+/**
+ * time_after - returns true if the time a is after time b.
+ * @a: first comparable as unsigned long
+ * @b: second comparable as unsigned long
  *
  * Do this with "<0" and ">=0" to only test the sign of the result. A
  * good compiler would generate better code (and a really good compiler
  * wouldn't care). Gcc is currently neither.
+ *
+ * Return: %true is time a is after time b, otherwise %false.
  */
 #define time_after(a,b)		\
 	(typecheck(unsigned long, a) && \
 	 typecheck(unsigned long, b) && \
 	 ((long)((b) - (a)) < 0))
+/**
+ * time_before - returns true if the time a is before time b.
+ * @a: first comparable as unsigned long
+ * @b: second comparable as unsigned long
+ *
+ * Return: %true is time a is before time b, otherwise %false.
+ */
 #define time_before(a,b)	time_after(b,a)
 
+/**
+ * time_after_eq - returns true if the time a is after or the same as time b.
+ * @a: first comparable as unsigned long
+ * @b: second comparable as unsigned long
+ *
+ * Return: %true is time a is after or the same as time b, otherwise %false.
+ */
 #define time_after_eq(a,b)	\
 	(typecheck(unsigned long, a) && \
 	 typecheck(unsigned long, b) && \
 	 ((long)((a) - (b)) >= 0))
+/**
+ * time_before_eq - returns true if the time a is before or the same as time b.
+ * @a: first comparable as unsigned long
+ * @b: second comparable as unsigned long
+ *
+ * Return: %true is time a is before or the same as time b, otherwise %false.
+ */
 #define time_before_eq(a,b)	time_after_eq(b,a)
 
-/*
- * Calculate whether a is in the range of [b, c].
+/**
+ * time_in_range - Calculate whether a is in the range of [b, c].
+ * @a: time to test
+ * @b: beginning of the range
+ * @c: end of the range
+ *
+ * Return: %true is time a is in the range [b, c], otherwise %false.
  */
 #define time_in_range(a,b,c) \
 	(time_after_eq(a,b) && \
 	 time_before_eq(a,c))
 
-/*
- * Calculate whether a is in the range of [b, c).
+/**
+ * time_in_range_open - Calculate whether a is in the range of [b, c).
+ * @a: time to test
+ * @b: beginning of the range
+ * @c: end of the range
+ *
+ * Return: %true is time a is in the range [b, c), otherwise %false.
  */
 #define time_in_range_open(a,b,c) \
 	(time_after_eq(a,b) && \
@@ -129,45 +180,138 @@ static inline u64 get_jiffies_64(void)
 
 /* Same as above, but does so with platform independent 64bit types.
  * These must be used when utilizing jiffies_64 (i.e. return value of
- * get_jiffies_64() */
+ * get_jiffies_64()). */
+
+/**
+ * time_after64 - returns true if the time a is after time b.
+ * @a: first comparable as __u64
+ * @b: second comparable as __u64
+ *
+ * This must be used when utilizing jiffies_64 (i.e. return value of
+ * get_jiffies_64()).
+ *
+ * Return: %true is time a is after time b, otherwise %false.
+ */
 #define time_after64(a,b)	\
 	(typecheck(__u64, a) &&	\
 	 typecheck(__u64, b) && \
 	 ((__s64)((b) - (a)) < 0))
+/**
+ * time_before64 - returns true if the time a is before time b.
+ * @a: first comparable as __u64
+ * @b: second comparable as __u64
+ *
+ * This must be used when utilizing jiffies_64 (i.e. return value of
+ * get_jiffies_64()).
+ *
+ * Return: %true is time a is before time b, otherwise %false.
+ */
 #define time_before64(a,b)	time_after64(b,a)
 
+/**
+ * time_after_eq64 - returns true if the time a is after or the same as time b.
+ * @a: first comparable as __u64
+ * @b: second comparable as __u64
+ *
+ * This must be used when utilizing jiffies_64 (i.e. return value of
+ * get_jiffies_64()).
+ *
+ * Return: %true is time a is after or the same as time b, otherwise %false.
+ */
 #define time_after_eq64(a,b)	\
 	(typecheck(__u64, a) && \
 	 typecheck(__u64, b) && \
 	 ((__s64)((a) - (b)) >= 0))
+/**
+ * time_before_eq64 - returns true if the time a is before or the same as time b.
+ * @a: first comparable as __u64
+ * @b: second comparable as __u64
+ *
+ * This must be used when utilizing jiffies_64 (i.e. return value of
+ * get_jiffies_64()).
+ *
+ * Return: %true is time a is before or the same as time b, otherwise %false.
+ */
 #define time_before_eq64(a,b)	time_after_eq64(b,a)
 
+/**
+ * time_in_range64 - Calculate whether a is in the range of [b, c].
+ * @a: time to test
+ * @b: beginning of the range
+ * @c: end of the range
+ *
+ * Return: %true is time a is in the range [b, c], otherwise %false.
+ */
 #define time_in_range64(a, b, c) \
 	(time_after_eq64(a, b) && \
 	 time_before_eq64(a, c))
 
 /*
- * These four macros compare jiffies and 'a' for convenience.
+ * These eight macros compare jiffies[_64] and 'a' for convenience.
  */
 
-/* time_is_before_jiffies(a) return true if a is before jiffies */
+/**
+ * time_is_before_jiffies - return true if a is before jiffies
+ * @a: time (unsigned long) to compare to jiffies
+ *
+ * Return: %true is time a is before jiffies, otherwise %false.
+ */
 #define time_is_before_jiffies(a) time_after(jiffies, a)
+/**
+ * time_is_before_jiffies64 - return true if a is before jiffies_64
+ * @a: time (__u64) to compare to jiffies_64
+ *
+ * Return: %true is time a is before jiffies_64, otherwise %false.
+ */
 #define time_is_before_jiffies64(a) time_after64(get_jiffies_64(), a)
 
-/* time_is_after_jiffies(a) return true if a is after jiffies */
+/**
+ * time_is_after_jiffies - return true if a is after jiffies
+ * @a: time (unsigned long) to compare to jiffies
+ *
+ * Return: %true is time a is after jiffies, otherwise %false.
+ */
 #define time_is_after_jiffies(a) time_before(jiffies, a)
+/**
+ * time_is_after_jiffies64 - return true if a is after jiffies_64
+ * @a: time (__u64) to compare to jiffies_64
+ *
+ * Return: %true is time a is after jiffies_64, otherwise %false.
+ */
 #define time_is_after_jiffies64(a) time_before64(get_jiffies_64(), a)
 
-/* time_is_before_eq_jiffies(a) return true if a is before or equal to jiffies*/
+/**
+ * time_is_before_eq_jiffies - return true if a is before or equal to jiffies
+ * @a: time (unsigned long) to compare to jiffies
+ *
+ * Return: %true is time a is before or the same as jiffies, otherwise %false.
+ */
 #define time_is_before_eq_jiffies(a) time_after_eq(jiffies, a)
+/**
+ * time_is_before_eq_jiffies64 - return true if a is before or equal to jiffies_64
+ * @a: time (__u64) to compare to jiffies_64
+ *
+ * Return: %true is time a is before or the same jiffies_64, otherwise %false.
+ */
 #define time_is_before_eq_jiffies64(a) time_after_eq64(get_jiffies_64(), a)
 
-/* time_is_after_eq_jiffies(a) return true if a is after or equal to jiffies*/
+/**
+ * time_is_after_eq_jiffies - return true if a is after or equal to jiffies
+ * @a: time (unsigned long) to compare to jiffies
+ *
+ * Return: %true is time a is after or the same as jiffies, otherwise %false.
+ */
 #define time_is_after_eq_jiffies(a) time_before_eq(jiffies, a)
+/**
+ * time_is_after_eq_jiffies64 - return true if a is after or equal to jiffies_64
+ * @a: time (__u64) to compare to jiffies_64
+ *
+ * Return: %true is time a is after or the same as jiffies_64, otherwise %false.
+ */
 #define time_is_after_eq_jiffies64(a) time_before_eq64(get_jiffies_64(), a)
 
 /*
- * Have the 32 bit jiffies value wrap 5 minutes after boot
+ * Have the 32-bit jiffies value wrap 5 minutes after boot
  * so jiffies wrap bugs show up earlier.
  */
 #define INITIAL_JIFFIES ((unsigned long)(unsigned int) (-300*HZ))
@@ -278,7 +422,7 @@ extern unsigned long preset_lpj;
 #if BITS_PER_LONG < 64
 # define MAX_SEC_IN_JIFFIES \
 	(long)((u64)((u64)MAX_JIFFY_OFFSET * TICK_NSEC) / NSEC_PER_SEC)
-#else	/* take care of overflow on 64 bits machines */
+#else	/* take care of overflow on 64-bit machines */
 # define MAX_SEC_IN_JIFFIES \
 	(SH_DIV((MAX_JIFFY_OFFSET >> SEC_JIFFIE_SC) * TICK_NSEC, NSEC_PER_SEC, 1) - 1)
 
@@ -290,6 +434,12 @@ extern unsigned long preset_lpj;
 extern unsigned int jiffies_to_msecs(const unsigned long j);
 extern unsigned int jiffies_to_usecs(const unsigned long j);
 
+/**
+ * jiffies_to_nsecs - Convert jiffies to nanoseconds
+ * @j: jiffies value
+ *
+ * Return: nanoseconds value
+ */
 static inline u64 jiffies_to_nsecs(const unsigned long j)
 {
 	return (u64)jiffies_to_usecs(j) * NSEC_PER_USEC;
@@ -353,12 +503,14 @@ static inline unsigned long _msecs_to_jiffies(const unsigned int m)
  *
  * msecs_to_jiffies() checks for the passed in value being a constant
  * via __builtin_constant_p() allowing gcc to eliminate most of the
- * code, __msecs_to_jiffies() is called if the value passed does not
+ * code. __msecs_to_jiffies() is called if the value passed does not
  * allow constant folding and the actual conversion must be done at
  * runtime.
- * the HZ range specific helpers _msecs_to_jiffies() are called both
+ * The HZ range specific helpers _msecs_to_jiffies() are called both
  * directly here and from __msecs_to_jiffies() in the case where
  * constant folding is not possible.
+ *
+ * Return: jiffies value
  */
 static __always_inline unsigned long msecs_to_jiffies(const unsigned int m)
 {
@@ -400,12 +552,14 @@ static inline unsigned long _usecs_to_jiffies(const unsigned int u)
  *
  * usecs_to_jiffies() checks for the passed in value being a constant
  * via __builtin_constant_p() allowing gcc to eliminate most of the
- * code, __usecs_to_jiffies() is called if the value passed does not
+ * code. __usecs_to_jiffies() is called if the value passed does not
  * allow constant folding and the actual conversion must be done at
  * runtime.
- * the HZ range specific helpers _usecs_to_jiffies() are called both
+ * The HZ range specific helpers _usecs_to_jiffies() are called both
  * directly here and from __msecs_to_jiffies() in the case where
  * constant folding is not possible.
+ *
+ * Return: jiffies value
  */
 static __always_inline unsigned long usecs_to_jiffies(const unsigned int u)
 {
@@ -422,6 +576,7 @@ extern unsigned long timespec64_to_jiffies(const struct timespec64 *value);
 extern void jiffies_to_timespec64(const unsigned long jiffies,
 				  struct timespec64 *value);
 extern clock_t jiffies_to_clock_t(unsigned long x);
+
 static inline clock_t jiffies_delta_to_clock_t(long delta)
 {
 	return jiffies_to_clock_t(max(0L, delta));
diff --git a/kernel/time/time.c b/kernel/time/time.c
index f4198af60fee5de398d508fe2d155855aa6fde3b..642647f5046be01834633bc3f5568bed9217e14f 100644
--- a/kernel/time/time.c
+++ b/kernel/time/time.c
@@ -365,11 +365,14 @@ SYSCALL_DEFINE1(adjtimex_time32, struct old_timex32 __user *, utp)
 }
 #endif
 
-/*
- * Convert jiffies to milliseconds and back.
+/**
+ * jiffies_to_msecs - Convert jiffies to milliseconds
+ * @j: jiffies value
  *
  * Avoid unnecessary multiplications/divisions in the
- * two most common HZ cases:
+ * two most common HZ cases.
+ *
+ * Return: milliseconds value
  */
 unsigned int jiffies_to_msecs(const unsigned long j)
 {
@@ -388,6 +391,12 @@ unsigned int jiffies_to_msecs(const unsigned long j)
 }
 EXPORT_SYMBOL(jiffies_to_msecs);
 
+/**
+ * jiffies_to_usecs - Convert jiffies to microseconds
+ * @j: jiffies value
+ *
+ * Return: microseconds value
+ */
 unsigned int jiffies_to_usecs(const unsigned long j)
 {
 	/*
@@ -408,8 +417,15 @@ unsigned int jiffies_to_usecs(const unsigned long j)
 }
 EXPORT_SYMBOL(jiffies_to_usecs);
 
-/*
+/**
  * mktime64 - Converts date to seconds.
+ * @year0: year to convert
+ * @mon0: month to convert
+ * @day: day to convert
+ * @hour: hour to convert
+ * @min: minute to convert
+ * @sec: second to convert
+ *
  * Converts Gregorian date to seconds since 1970-01-01 00:00:00.
  * Assumes input in normal date format, i.e. 1980-12-31 23:59:59
  * => year=1980, mon=12, day=31, hour=23, min=59, sec=59.
@@ -427,6 +443,8 @@ EXPORT_SYMBOL(jiffies_to_usecs);
  *
  * An encoding of midnight at the end of the day as 24:00:00 - ie. midnight
  * tomorrow - (allowable under ISO 8601) is supported.
+ *
+ * Return: seconds since the epoch time for the given input date
  */
 time64_t mktime64(const unsigned int year0, const unsigned int mon0,
 		const unsigned int day, const unsigned int hour,
@@ -471,8 +489,7 @@ EXPORT_SYMBOL(ns_to_kernel_old_timeval);
  * Set seconds and nanoseconds field of a timespec variable and
  * normalize to the timespec storage format
  *
- * Note: The tv_nsec part is always in the range of
- *	0 <= tv_nsec < NSEC_PER_SEC
+ * Note: The tv_nsec part is always in the range of 0 <= tv_nsec < NSEC_PER_SEC.
  * For negative values only the tv_sec field is negative !
  */
 void set_normalized_timespec64(struct timespec64 *ts, time64_t sec, s64 nsec)
@@ -501,7 +518,7 @@ EXPORT_SYMBOL(set_normalized_timespec64);
  * ns_to_timespec64 - Convert nanoseconds to timespec64
  * @nsec:       the nanoseconds value to be converted
  *
- * Returns the timespec64 representation of the nsec parameter.
+ * Return: the timespec64 representation of the nsec parameter.
  */
 struct timespec64 ns_to_timespec64(s64 nsec)
 {
@@ -548,6 +565,8 @@ EXPORT_SYMBOL(ns_to_timespec64);
  * runtime.
  * The _msecs_to_jiffies helpers are the HZ dependent conversion
  * routines found in include/linux/jiffies.h
+ *
+ * Return: jiffies value
  */
 unsigned long __msecs_to_jiffies(const unsigned int m)
 {
@@ -560,6 +579,12 @@ unsigned long __msecs_to_jiffies(const unsigned int m)
 }
 EXPORT_SYMBOL(__msecs_to_jiffies);
 
+/**
+ * __usecs_to_jiffies: - convert microseconds to jiffies
+ * @u:	time in milliseconds
+ *
+ * Return: jiffies value
+ */
 unsigned long __usecs_to_jiffies(const unsigned int u)
 {
 	if (u > jiffies_to_usecs(MAX_JIFFY_OFFSET))
@@ -568,7 +593,10 @@ unsigned long __usecs_to_jiffies(const unsigned int u)
 }
 EXPORT_SYMBOL(__usecs_to_jiffies);
 
-/*
+/**
+ * timespec64_to_jiffies - convert a timespec64 value to jiffies
+ * @value: pointer to &struct timespec64
+ *
  * The TICK_NSEC - 1 rounds up the value to the next resolution.  Note
  * that a remainder subtract here would not do the right thing as the
  * resolution values don't fall on second boundaries.  I.e. the line:
@@ -582,8 +610,9 @@ EXPORT_SYMBOL(__usecs_to_jiffies);
  *
  * The >> (NSEC_JIFFIE_SC - SEC_JIFFIE_SC) converts the scaled nsec
  * value to a scaled second value.
+ *
+ * Return: jiffies value
  */
-
 unsigned long
 timespec64_to_jiffies(const struct timespec64 *value)
 {
@@ -601,6 +630,11 @@ timespec64_to_jiffies(const struct timespec64 *value)
 }
 EXPORT_SYMBOL(timespec64_to_jiffies);
 
+/**
+ * jiffies_to_timespec64 - convert jiffies value to &struct timespec64
+ * @jiffies: jiffies value
+ * @value: pointer to &struct timespec64
+ */
 void
 jiffies_to_timespec64(const unsigned long jiffies, struct timespec64 *value)
 {
@@ -618,6 +652,13 @@ EXPORT_SYMBOL(jiffies_to_timespec64);
 /*
  * Convert jiffies/jiffies_64 to clock_t and back.
  */
+
+/**
+ * jiffies_to_clock_t - Convert jiffies to clock_t
+ * @x: jiffies value
+ *
+ * Return: jiffies converted to clock_t (CLOCKS_PER_SEC)
+ */
 clock_t jiffies_to_clock_t(unsigned long x)
 {
 #if (TICK_NSEC % (NSEC_PER_SEC / USER_HZ)) == 0
@@ -632,6 +673,12 @@ clock_t jiffies_to_clock_t(unsigned long x)
 }
 EXPORT_SYMBOL(jiffies_to_clock_t);
 
+/**
+ * clock_t_to_jiffies - Convert clock_t to jiffies
+ * @x: clock_t value
+ *
+ * Return: clock_t value converted to jiffies
+ */
 unsigned long clock_t_to_jiffies(unsigned long x)
 {
 #if (HZ % USER_HZ)==0
@@ -649,6 +696,12 @@ unsigned long clock_t_to_jiffies(unsigned long x)
 }
 EXPORT_SYMBOL(clock_t_to_jiffies);
 
+/**
+ * jiffies_64_to_clock_t - Convert jiffies_64 to clock_t
+ * @x: jiffies_64 value
+ *
+ * Return: jiffies_64 value converted to 64-bit "clock_t" (CLOCKS_PER_SEC)
+ */
 u64 jiffies_64_to_clock_t(u64 x)
 {
 #if (TICK_NSEC % (NSEC_PER_SEC / USER_HZ)) == 0
@@ -671,6 +724,12 @@ u64 jiffies_64_to_clock_t(u64 x)
 }
 EXPORT_SYMBOL(jiffies_64_to_clock_t);
 
+/**
+ * nsec_to_clock_t - Convert nsec value to clock_t
+ * @x: nsec value
+ *
+ * Return: nsec value converted to 64-bit "clock_t" (CLOCKS_PER_SEC)
+ */
 u64 nsec_to_clock_t(u64 x)
 {
 #if (NSEC_PER_SEC % USER_HZ) == 0
@@ -687,6 +746,12 @@ u64 nsec_to_clock_t(u64 x)
 #endif
 }
 
+/**
+ * jiffies64_to_nsecs - Convert jiffies64 to nanoseconds
+ * @j: jiffies64 value
+ *
+ * Return: nanoseconds value
+ */
 u64 jiffies64_to_nsecs(u64 j)
 {
 #if !(NSEC_PER_SEC % HZ)
@@ -697,6 +762,12 @@ u64 jiffies64_to_nsecs(u64 j)
 }
 EXPORT_SYMBOL(jiffies64_to_nsecs);
 
+/**
+ * jiffies64_to_msecs - Convert jiffies64 to milliseconds
+ * @j: jiffies64 value
+ *
+ * Return: milliseconds value
+ */
 u64 jiffies64_to_msecs(const u64 j)
 {
 #if HZ <= MSEC_PER_SEC && !(MSEC_PER_SEC % HZ)
@@ -719,6 +790,8 @@ EXPORT_SYMBOL(jiffies64_to_msecs);
  * note:
  *   NSEC_PER_SEC = 10^9 = (5^9 * 2^9) = (1953125 * 512)
  *   ULLONG_MAX ns = 18446744073.709551615 secs = about 584 years
+ *
+ * Return: nsecs converted to jiffies64 value
  */
 u64 nsecs_to_jiffies64(u64 n)
 {
@@ -750,6 +823,8 @@ EXPORT_SYMBOL(nsecs_to_jiffies64);
  * note:
  *   NSEC_PER_SEC = 10^9 = (5^9 * 2^9) = (1953125 * 512)
  *   ULLONG_MAX ns = 18446744073.709551615 secs = about 584 years
+ *
+ * Return: nsecs converted to jiffies value
  */
 unsigned long nsecs_to_jiffies(u64 n)
 {
@@ -757,10 +832,16 @@ unsigned long nsecs_to_jiffies(u64 n)
 }
 EXPORT_SYMBOL_GPL(nsecs_to_jiffies);
 
-/*
- * Add two timespec64 values and do a safety check for overflow.
+/**
+ * timespec64_add_safe - Add two timespec64 values and do a safety check
+ * for overflow.
+ * @lhs: first (left) timespec64 to add
+ * @rhs: second (right) timespec64 to add
+ *
  * It's assumed that both values are valid (>= 0).
  * And, each timespec64 is in normalized form.
+ *
+ * Return: sum of @lhs + @rhs
  */
 struct timespec64 timespec64_add_safe(const struct timespec64 lhs,
 				const struct timespec64 rhs)
@@ -778,6 +859,15 @@ struct timespec64 timespec64_add_safe(const struct timespec64 lhs,
 	return res;
 }
 
+/**
+ * get_timespec64 - get user's time value into kernel space
+ * @ts: destination &struct timespec64
+ * @uts: user's time value as &struct __kernel_timespec
+ *
+ * Handles compat or 32-bit modes.
+ *
+ * Return: %0 on success or negative errno on error
+ */
 int get_timespec64(struct timespec64 *ts,
 		   const struct __kernel_timespec __user *uts)
 {
@@ -801,6 +891,14 @@ int get_timespec64(struct timespec64 *ts,
 }
 EXPORT_SYMBOL_GPL(get_timespec64);
 
+/**
+ * put_timespec64 - convert timespec64 value to __kernel_timespec format and
+ * 		    copy the latter to userspace
+ * @ts: input &struct timespec64
+ * @uts: user's &struct __kernel_timespec
+ *
+ * Return: %0 on success or negative errno on error
+ */
 int put_timespec64(const struct timespec64 *ts,
 		   struct __kernel_timespec __user *uts)
 {
@@ -839,6 +937,15 @@ static int __put_old_timespec32(const struct timespec64 *ts64,
 	return copy_to_user(cts, &ts, sizeof(ts)) ? -EFAULT : 0;
 }
 
+/**
+ * get_old_timespec32 - get user's old-format time value into kernel space
+ * @ts: destination &struct timespec64
+ * @uts: user's old-format time value (&struct old_timespec32)
+ *
+ * Handles X86_X32_ABI compatibility conversion.
+ *
+ * Return: %0 on success or negative errno on error
+ */
 int get_old_timespec32(struct timespec64 *ts, const void __user *uts)
 {
 	if (COMPAT_USE_64BIT_TIME)
@@ -848,6 +955,16 @@ int get_old_timespec32(struct timespec64 *ts, const void __user *uts)
 }
 EXPORT_SYMBOL_GPL(get_old_timespec32);
 
+/**
+ * put_old_timespec32 - convert timespec64 value to &struct old_timespec32 and
+ * 			copy the latter to userspace
+ * @ts: input &struct timespec64
+ * @uts: user's &struct old_timespec32
+ *
+ * Handles X86_X32_ABI compatibility conversion.
+ *
+ * Return: %0 on success or negative errno on error
+ */
 int put_old_timespec32(const struct timespec64 *ts, void __user *uts)
 {
 	if (COMPAT_USE_64BIT_TIME)
@@ -857,6 +974,13 @@ int put_old_timespec32(const struct timespec64 *ts, void __user *uts)
 }
 EXPORT_SYMBOL_GPL(put_old_timespec32);
 
+/**
+ * get_itimerspec64 - get user's &struct __kernel_itimerspec into kernel space
+ * @it: destination &struct itimerspec64
+ * @uit: user's &struct __kernel_itimerspec
+ *
+ * Return: %0 on success or negative errno on error
+ */
 int get_itimerspec64(struct itimerspec64 *it,
 			const struct __kernel_itimerspec __user *uit)
 {
@@ -872,6 +996,14 @@ int get_itimerspec64(struct itimerspec64 *it,
 }
 EXPORT_SYMBOL_GPL(get_itimerspec64);
 
+/**
+ * put_itimerspec64 - convert &struct itimerspec64 to __kernel_itimerspec format
+ * 		      and copy the latter to userspace
+ * @it: input &struct itimerspec64
+ * @uit: user's &struct __kernel_itimerspec
+ *
+ * Return: %0 on success or negative errno on error
+ */
 int put_itimerspec64(const struct itimerspec64 *it,
 			struct __kernel_itimerspec __user *uit)
 {
@@ -887,6 +1019,13 @@ int put_itimerspec64(const struct itimerspec64 *it,
 }
 EXPORT_SYMBOL_GPL(put_itimerspec64);
 
+/**
+ * get_old_itimerspec32 - get user's &struct old_itimerspec32 into kernel space
+ * @its: destination &struct itimerspec64
+ * @uits: user's &struct old_itimerspec32
+ *
+ * Return: %0 on success or negative errno on error
+ */
 int get_old_itimerspec32(struct itimerspec64 *its,
 			const struct old_itimerspec32 __user *uits)
 {
@@ -898,6 +1037,14 @@ int get_old_itimerspec32(struct itimerspec64 *its,
 }
 EXPORT_SYMBOL_GPL(get_old_itimerspec32);
 
+/**
+ * put_old_itimerspec32 - convert &struct itimerspec64 to &struct
+ *			  old_itimerspec32 and copy the latter to userspace
+ * @its: input &struct itimerspec64
+ * @uits: user's &struct old_itimerspec32
+ *
+ * Return: %0 on success or negative errno on error
+ */
 int put_old_itimerspec32(const struct itimerspec64 *its,
 			struct old_itimerspec32 __user *uits)
 {
diff --git a/rust/Makefile b/rust/Makefile
index 0d4bb06c5ceee2536f733c2f55b3dfb31d3b7cd6..87958e864be02508a01085a3929901eb49b1c565 100644
--- a/rust/Makefile
+++ b/rust/Makefile
@@ -1,5 +1,8 @@
 # SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0
 
+# Where to place rustdoc generated documentation
+rustdoc_output := $(objtree)/Documentation/output/rust/rustdoc
+
 obj-$(CONFIG_RUST) += core.o compiler_builtins.o
 always-$(CONFIG_RUST) += exports_core_generated.h
 
@@ -73,7 +76,7 @@ quiet_cmd_rustdoc = RUSTDOC $(if $(rustdoc_host),H, ) $<
 	OBJTREE=$(abspath $(objtree)) \
 	$(RUSTDOC) $(if $(rustdoc_host),$(rust_common_flags),$(rust_flags)) \
 		$(rustc_target_flags) -L$(objtree)/$(obj) \
-		--output $(objtree)/$(obj)/doc \
+		--output $(rustdoc_output) \
 		--crate-name $(subst rustdoc-,,$@) \
 		@$(objtree)/include/generated/rustc_cfg $<
 
@@ -90,15 +93,15 @@ quiet_cmd_rustdoc = RUSTDOC $(if $(rustdoc_host),H, ) $<
 # and then retouch the generated files.
 rustdoc: rustdoc-core rustdoc-macros rustdoc-compiler_builtins \
     rustdoc-alloc rustdoc-kernel
-	$(Q)cp $(srctree)/Documentation/images/logo.svg $(objtree)/$(obj)/doc
-	$(Q)cp $(srctree)/Documentation/images/COPYING-logo $(objtree)/$(obj)/doc
-	$(Q)find $(objtree)/$(obj)/doc -name '*.html' -type f -print0 | xargs -0 sed -Ei \
+	$(Q)cp $(srctree)/Documentation/images/logo.svg $(rustdoc_output)
+	$(Q)cp $(srctree)/Documentation/images/COPYING-logo $(rustdoc_output)
+	$(Q)find $(rustdoc_output) -name '*.html' -type f -print0 | xargs -0 sed -Ei \
 		-e 's:rust-logo\.svg:logo.svg:g' \
 		-e 's:rust-logo\.png:logo.svg:g' \
 		-e 's:favicon\.svg:logo.svg:g' \
 		-e 's:<link rel="alternate icon" type="image/png" href="[./]*favicon-(16x16|32x32)\.png">::g'
 	$(Q)echo '.logo-container > img { object-fit: contain; }' \
-		>> $(objtree)/$(obj)/doc/rustdoc.css
+		>> $(rustdoc_output)/rustdoc.css
 
 rustdoc-macros: private rustdoc_host = yes
 rustdoc-macros: private rustc_target_flags = --crate-type proc-macro \
@@ -162,7 +165,7 @@ quiet_cmd_rustdoc_test = RUSTDOC T $<
 		@$(objtree)/include/generated/rustc_cfg \
 		$(rustc_target_flags) $(rustdoc_test_target_flags) \
 		--sysroot $(objtree)/$(obj)/test/sysroot $(rustdoc_test_quiet) \
-		-L$(objtree)/$(obj)/test --output $(objtree)/$(obj)/doc \
+		-L$(objtree)/$(obj)/test --output $(rustdoc_output) \
 		--crate-name $(subst rusttest-,,$@) $<
 
 quiet_cmd_rustdoc_test_kernel = RUSTDOC TK $<
diff --git a/scripts/kernel-doc b/scripts/kernel-doc
index d0116c6939dc2d1eb22a184db40f359f298c0589..6e199a745ccb2521595ca3c5eccebd68a85eff93 100755
--- a/scripts/kernel-doc
+++ b/scripts/kernel-doc
@@ -1168,6 +1168,10 @@ sub dump_struct($$) {
 	$members =~ s/DECLARE_KFIFO_PTR\s*\($args,\s*$args\)/$2 \*$1/gos;
 	# replace DECLARE_FLEX_ARRAY
 	$members =~ s/(?:__)?DECLARE_FLEX_ARRAY\s*\($args,\s*$args\)/$1 $2\[\]/gos;
+	#replace DEFINE_DMA_UNMAP_ADDR
+	$members =~ s/DEFINE_DMA_UNMAP_ADDR\s*\($args\)/dma_addr_t $1/gos;
+	#replace DEFINE_DMA_UNMAP_LEN
+	$members =~ s/DEFINE_DMA_UNMAP_LEN\s*\($args\)/__u32 $1/gos;
 	my $declaration = $members;
 
 	# Split nested struct/union elements as newer ones
@@ -1349,6 +1353,7 @@ sub dump_enum($$) {
 	my %_members;
 
 	$members =~ s/\s+$//;
+	$members =~ s/\([^;]*?[\)]//g;
 
 	foreach my $arg (split ',', $members) {
 	    $arg =~ s/^\s*(\w+).*/$1/;